
Class 
Book 






Z\M 







GopigtoW- 



COPWU6HT DEPOB1T. 



Drake's Practical Books for Home Study 

FRENCH 

Without a Teacher 



Specially Planned for Those Who 

Desire a Practical Working 

Knowledge of the Language 

for Conversation and 

Correspondence 

by 

Philip Schuyler Allen 

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 



CHICAGO 

FREDERICK J. DRAKE & CO, 

PUBLISHERS 



^ 



-?<•*:** 



Copyright 1919 

By 

Feed'k J. Drake & Co. 



©CLA51537? 






PREFACE 

THIS BOOK is one of a series of new home-study 
courses in modern foreign languages. There has been 
a persistent demand for new practical books of this kind, 
especially for the purposes of conversation and corre- 
spondence. The position of America as a world power 
makes it imperative that we acquire, for commercial, 
industrial and social reasons, a working knowledge of 
foreign languages. No attempt has been made to teach 
the literature of the language, but all the fundamentals 
are presented in such a manner that any one who will 
apply himself with moderate earnestness can easily be- 
come proficient in a short time. 

Professor Allen says: "Bring yourself to obey the di- 
rections given everywhere throughout this book as if 
they were the military commands of your superior of- 
ficer. In that way you will learn very fast. There is 
nothing in the following pages which has not been tried 
out a hundred times. I have had twenty-five years' ex- 
perience in teaching foreign languages. I am offering you 
herewith the net result of the best of that long experience. 
The learning of a foreign language is not a science, nor 
yet is it a mechanical thing. It is an art. It should be 
undertaken with high resolve and pursued with ardor." 

The lessons are carefully graded, and the student is led 
by easy steps to a thorough knowledge of the language. 
Grammar is usually the stumbling block for students of 
any foreign language. In this work the essential facts of 
grammar are incorporated in the exercises in such a way 
as to make them as easy to acquire as the vocabulary. 
The method of repetition employed is a most interesting 
feature. The student cannot fail to see. how each word 
is used and correctly used. Constant hints as to the best 
method of grasping and mastering peculiar constructions 
and vocabulary are features of no less practical im- 
portance. 

Master each lesson throughly and review as directed 
and success is yours — you cannot fail. 

The Publishers. 



CONTENTS 

To The Student 11 

Brief Review of English Grammar 12 

Introduction 21 

I. Pronunciation 31 

II. Plural of Nouns 36 

III. Pronouns 33 

IV. Word Drill 41 

V. Adjectives 43 

VI. Review 47 

VII. Possessive Adjectives 48 

VIII. Present Tense of the Verb Stre, to be 52 

IX. Present Tense of the Verb avoir 56 

X. Idioms With avoir 59 

XI. Questions 61 

XII. Review 62 

XIII. Present Tense of Regular Verbs of the First 

Conjugation 64 

XIV. Pronouns 68 

XV. Imperative Forms 71 

XVI. Present Tense of Irregular Verb aller, to go . . 73 

XVII. Present Tense of voir, to see 76 

XVIII. Reading, Vocabulary, Prepositions 78 

XIX. Present Tense of Verb venir, to come .... 81 

XX. Present Tense of vouloir, pouvoir, savoir ... S3 
7 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

XXI. Present Tense of manger and boire 86 

XXII. Numerals •. 89 

XXIII. Present Tense of partir, dire, faire, ecrire . . 92 

XXIV. Present Perfect Tense . . . 93 

XXV. Verbs That Take The Auxiliary Stre .... 96 

XXVI. Review, Verb Drill ICO 

XXVII. Adjectives 101 

XXVIII. Time of Day 105 

XXIX. En 109 

XXX. Verbs Ill 

XXXI. Imperfect Tense (Continued) 115 

XXXII. Verbs— Future Tense 118 

XXXIII. Numerals — Names of Months — Days of Week 121 

XXXIV. The Indefinite on 124 

XXXV. The Conditional Mood 127 

XXXVI. Y — venir de 130 

XXXVII. The Past Definite Tense 134 

XXXVIII. Pronouns (Review) Vocabulary 137 

XXXIX. Reflexive Verbs 140 

XL. Disjunctive Forms of Personal Pronouns . . . 145 

XLI. Present Participles 147 

XLII. The Impersonal falloir. The Subjunctive . . . 149 

XLIII. The Imperative. The Subjunctive (Continued) 152 

XLIV. Impersonal Verbs 154 

XLV. Reading Lesson. La Guerre '. 156 

XLVI. Travel, Vocabulary 158 

XLVII. Synopsis of Verbs 162 

XL VIII. Exercise in Vocabulary 165 

XLIX. Review of Participles 167 

L. Review of Past Definites 169 

LI. Review of Past Tenses 170 



CONTENTS 9 

LII. News From Three Fronts . . . 171 

LIII. Newspaper French 173 

LIV. Newspaper French (Continued) 175 

APPENDIX 179 

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY ... 221 



TO THE STUDENT 

The study of a foreign language takes time, patience, 
and energy t There are many difficulties to be overcome 
in learning even a small part of a language. You can- 
not reason your way to many conclusions in a language 
course — use your memory instead. Memorize words 
and groups of words. Memorize verb-forms and model 
sentences as given in your books. Make your study a 
pleasure, a recreation, a play- time. 

Go through each lesson in a painstaking way. From 
the beginning keep yourself in the right state of mind. 
Do not waste your time and energy wondering why they 
pronounce in such an odd fashion. When you think 
that spelling and pronunciation go in wildly different 
directions, like a team of colts, remember the English 
tough, through, and thorough; also the plurals of house 
and mouse, and resume your task with meekness. If 
you think that the Frenchman slurs too many letters, 
try to imagine the feelings of an educated foreigner who 
hears paragons of American culture say, "Cha doin'?" 
when they mean: "What are you doing?" 

Do not expect to read the book through and know 
much of what is in it. Set yourself only a small task 
for each day. Knowledge is a growth and cannot be 
hastened. Review constantly. Review in the street- 
car, in the cushions of the limousine, on the train. No- 
body can learn a language for you. 

Use all your ingenuity to think of ways to test and 
exercise your knowledge of what you have studied. 
Recite to yourself. When you teach yourself you have 



12 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

the very best teacher in the world. Fasten written 
lists of French words and phrases to the walls of your 
room, where you will see them when you retire at night 
and when you wake in the morning. Make lists of 
verb-forms. If you conquer the regular and the ir- 
regular verbs of a language — even in the ordinarily 
used tenses only — you have won a decisive victory. 

When you do not feel like studying French, read books 
about France and the French. Let it all soak in — you 
are losing no time. If you follow these suggestions 
honestly, you will learn French — failure is impossible. 



Brief Review of English Grammar 

Before one studies the ways of words in a foreign 
language, it is most desirable that he review the gram- 
matical terms and their definitions as used in English. 
The following sketch is a short survey of the terms in 
use for English grammar: 

I. THE SENTENCE 

1. A Sentence is a group of words expressing a com- 
plete thought: Bees make honey. The girls are happy. 

a. A Declarative Sentence makes a statement: The 
girls are happy. 

b. An Interrogative Sentence asks a question: Are 
the girls happy? 

c. An Imperative Sentence expresses a command o r 
an entreaty: Boys, study diligently. 

d. An Exclamatory Sentence expresses strong feeling : 
Just see what fools we are! 

2. Sentences consist of two parts: (My father is 
an old man). 



INTRODUCTORY 13 

a. The Subject represents the thing of which some- 
thing is asserted: *My father. 

b. The Predicate makes an assertion regarding the 
subject: is an old man. 

3. The Object of a transitive verb names the person 
or thing that receives the action: The woman spins 
the yarn. 

a. The Direct Object names the thing that receives 
the action directly: He paid the money. 

b. The Indirect Object names the thing to or for 
which the action was undertaken: He paid me the 
money. 

c. Predicate Nouns complete the meaning of some 
intransitive verbs: The lieutenant became a captain. 

d. Predicate Adjectives complete the meaning of 
some intransitive verbs : Sugar tastes sweet. 

4. A Simple Sentence contains but one statement, 
question, or command: Washington's army was com- 
posed of raw recruits. 

a. A Compound Sentence joins together two in- 
dependent statements, questions, or commands: Wash- 
ington's army was composed of raw recruits, but he 
was never known to despair. 

b. A Complex Sentence contains one independent 
proposition and one or more dependent clauses: He 
knows that the world can get on without him. 

c. An Independent Clause needs nothing to complete 
its meaning: William saved his money. 

d. A Dependent Clause depends upon another state- 
ment, which it qualifies or restricts: William saved his 
money, that he might go to college. 



14 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

e. A Clause takes its particular name from the part 
of speech for which it is used. 

A Noun Clause is: I heard that the train was 
wrecked. 

An Adjective Clause is: the boy who was sick 
went home. 

An Adverb Clause is: I knew the poem when I 
was a child. 

II. PARTS OF SPEECH 

5. A Noun is a word used as the name of a person, 
place, or thing: man, Chicago, love, table. 

a. A Common Noun is the name of a class of persons, 
places, or things: girl, lake, newspaper. 

b. A Proper Noun is the name of a particular person, 
place, or thing: Longfellow, Illinois, December. 

c. A Collective Noun is one applied to a collection 
of objects of the same kind: family, regiment, school, 
herd. 

d. An Abstract Noun is the name of a quality, con- 
dition, or relation: flavor, strength, honor. 

6. A Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun: he, 
she, it, who, which, this, that. 

a. A Personal Pronoun is one that shows by its forms 
whether it is in the first, second, or third person: I, me, 
we, us; thou, you; he, him, she, her, it, they. 

b. A Relative Pronoun connects its clause with a 
preceding noun or pronoun: who, which, what, that. 

c. An Interrogative Pronoun asks a question: who? 
which? what? 



INTRODUCTORY 15 

d. A Demonstrative Pronoun points out objects 
definitely, this and these referring to things near, that 
and those to things more distant. 

e. An Indefinite Pronoun points out objects in- 
definitely: all, any, each, either, neither, few, many, 
none, one, other, another, some, several, such. 

f. A Reflexive Pronoun is used in the predicate as a 
repetition of the subject of a sentence: myself, your- 
self, himself. 

g. A Reciprocal Pronoun implies reciprocal action or 
relation: each other, one another. 

7. An Adjective is a word used to describe, or to 
limit the meaning of a noun or pronoun: beautiful, 
yonder. 

a. A Descriptive Adjective denotes the quality of an 
object: a green apple, a beautiful picture. 

b. A Limiting Adjective either denotes number 
(quantity) or merely points out an object without des- 
cribing it: this man, yonder hill, the house. 

c. The following are limiting adjectives, if used 
with a noun: 

The definite article: the. 

The indefinite article: a, an. 

Interrogative adjectives: which, what. 

Demonstrative adjectives: this, these, that, 
those. 

Possessive adjectives: my, thy, your, his, her. 

Indefinite adjectives: some, all, many. 

Numerals — Cardinals: one, two, three; Ordin- 
als: first, second, third. 



16 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

8. A Verb is a word which asserts action, existence, 
or state (condition): birds sing, God is, mother rests. 

a. A Transitive Verb is one that requires an object 
to complete its meaning : he learned his lesson. 

b. An Intransitive Verb is one which is complete in 
itself: the wind blows, I shall go. 

c. A Regular Verb is one that forms its past tense 
and past participle by adding -ed or -d: love, loved, 
loved. 

d. An Irregular Verb is one that does not form its 
past tense and past participle by adding -ed or -d: 
sing, sang, sung. 

e. An Auxiliary Verb is one which helps the conju- 
gation of other verbs: we have seen, we shall see. 

f. An Impersonal Verb occurs only in the third per- 
son singular, it is always the subject of such a verb: 
it rains, it snows. 

9. An Adverb is a word that modifies the meaning of 
a verb, adjective, or other adverb: I meet my friend 
daily, the winter is extremely cold, they were very 
severely injured. 

a. An Adverb of Time answers the question when: 
he often goes. 

b. An Adverb of Place answers the question where: 
flowers do not grow up there. 

c. An Adverb of Manner answers the question how: 
we left the room sadly and slowly. ' * 

d. An Adverb of Degree answers the question how 
much or how little: the child is rather dull. 

10. A Conjunction is a word used to connect words, 
phrases, or clauses: I was sick and in prison. 



INTRODUCTORY 17 

a. A Coordinating Conjunction is a connective 
which joins words, phrases, or statements that are alike 
in rank: so, or, but, and, also, yet, nor. 

b. A Subordinating Conjunction is one that con- 
nects a dependent clause with the principal (or inde- 
pendent) clause: he is strong, although he is old. 

11. A Preposition is a word used before a noun or 
pronoun to explain its relation to another word in the 
sentence: a house with a piazza, she wrote with a pen, 
she cared for her needs, he is free from pain. 

12. An Interjection is a word to express strong feel- 
ing, and not related to any other word in the sentence: 
Ah! bitter chill it was. 

III. MODIFICATION 

13. Many words are changed in form to represent 
slight changes in the ideas expressed. Such derived 
forms or modifications, are called inflections. 

14. The Modifications of a noun are number, gender, 
case, and person. 

a. Singular Number denotes but one object: boy, 
man, house. 

b. Plural Number denotes more than one object: 
boys, men, houses. 

c. Masculine Gender refers to males: uncle, hus- 
band, lad. 

d. Feminine Gender refers to females: aunt, 
wife, lassie. 

e. Neuter Gender denotes lack of sex: flower, air, 
book. 



18 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

f . Common Gender refers to either males or females : 
parent, child, infant, baby, descendant. 

g. Case indicates the three relations that a noun or 
pronoun may hold to other words in a sentence: subject, 
object, possessor. 

h. The Nominative Case is used for the subject of 
a verb : life is what we make it. 

i. The Genitive (or Possessive) Case is used to 
denote ownership: the boy's book. 

j. The Objective Case is used for the object of a 
transitive verb or of a preposition : he commanded the 
army, mother spoke to the teacher. 

k. Person is a distinction of nouns and pronouns 
which shows whether they represent the speaker, the 
person spoken to, or the person or thing spoken of. 

1. Nouns are usually in the third person, because 
they are almost always names of persons or things spoken 
of. Occasionally, expressions containing nouns of the 
first or second person are used: I, Abraham Lincoln, 
President of the United States; you, Peter Jackson, go 
and learn your lessons. 

15. The Modification of Adjectives and Adverbs is 
called comparison. It is used to indicate the relative 
degree of quality or quantity in the objects compared. 

a. The Positive Degree simply names the quality 
or quantity of one or more objects: the road is rough. 

b. The Comparative Degree denotes a greater or 
less degree: rougher, less rough, larger, smaller. 

c. The Superlative Degree denotes the greatest or 
least degree: roughest, least rough, largest, smallest. 



INTRODUCTORY 19 

16. The Modifications of the Verb are Person, Num- 
ber, Tense, Voice, and Mood. A Verb takes its person 
and number from its subject. 

a. Tenses are forms of verbs which indicate the 
time to which the state or action is referred. There 
are six tenses. 

b. The Present Tense refers to present time: I am. 

c. The Past Tense refers to past time: I was. 

d. The Present Perfect refers to action completed 
in the present: I have been. 

e. The Past Perfect refers to action completed in 
past time: I had been. 

f. The Future refers to future time: I shall be. 

g. The Future perfect refers to action completed 
in future time: I shall have been. 

h. Voice is a form of the verb which indicates 
whether its subject names the doer or the receiver of 
the action. 

i. The Active Voice shows that the subject names 
the doer : he hit the man. 

j. The Passive Voice shows that the subject names 
the receiver of the action : the man was hit by him. 

k. Mood is the manner in which verbs assert action, 
being, or state. 

1. The Indicative Mood is used to declare a fact: 
the wind blows, does the wind blow? 

m. The Subjunctive Mood is used to denote a con- 
tingency, and to express a wish or an unreal condition : 
if he ask, it will be granted; would we were there!, had 
he been present we should not have been defeated. 



20 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

n. The Imperative Mood expresses a command or 
an entreaty: follow me. 

o. The Infinitive names the simple action or state. 
It is either Present or Past: to go, to have gone, to be, 
to have been. It may be used as a noun: It is forbid- 
den to sing and dance. 

p. The Participle is a verbal adjective. 

q. The Present Participle expresses the action as 
in progress: singing, dancing, playing. 

r. The Past Participle expresses the action as over : 
sung, danced, played. 

s. The Past Perfect Participle expresses the action 
as done with before the time indicated by the rest of 
the sentence: having deceived his partner, the mer- 
chant failed. 



INTRODUCTION 

Pronunciation 

§1. The pronunciation of French is fairly uniform 
and systematic — more so than the pronunciation of 
English. Once learned, the system of French pronun- 
ciation occasions no great difficulties. 

§2. The French has the same letters as English, but 
uses k and w only in foreign words. Pronounce the 
consonants as in English. 

The sounds of French vowels are indicated below. 
If you know another foreign language, such as Spanish, 
Italian, or German, its vowel sounds will help you to 
learn the sounds of French vowels. Vowel sounds are 
essentially the same in all these languages. 

Sounds of French Letters 

§3. A has the sound of a in aha. Some French- 
men sound it like a in hat. Suit yourself. The sound 
of a is as given above, whether it is written a, a, or d. 
These accent marks do not change the sound of a. 
Neither do they indicate emphasis, stress, or accent as 
we understand it in English. 

Pronounce a, a, a, ca, ca, ha, la, ma, sa, ta, va, Paris 
(s silent), Calais (s silent), antique, atlas, acte, absinthe 
(h silent), chapeau. 

§4. A before final n has a nasal sound like ah pro- 
nounced very rapidly. Pronounce an, Renan, d'Ar- 
tagnan, plan. 



22 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

§5. C has two sounds — like the English k and ss. 

C is pronounced like k. Here it follows without 
exception a rule seen in many English words. In Eng- 
lish this sound of c is found when the c is followed by a 
consonant or by a, o, or u. 

Pronounce cabaret, camouflage, canal, canard, ca- 
briolet, cache, caisson, cantine, canton, cap, capital, 
capote, Clemenceau, car, corps. 

§6. C, before e, i, and y, has the sound of 5 in sap. 
Pronounce cerise, ce, cette, cet, cellulose, celtique, 
Cesar, Cicero. 

This sound may also be written g before a and o. 

E has four sounds. 

§7. (1) E has the sound of a in Hate when it has the 
acute accent. The double vowel ee has the same sound 
as 6. Pronounce be, de, fiance, fiancee, he, etude, 
entree, debutante, decolletee. 

§8. E has this same sound in words of one syllable 
ending in silent s. Pronounce des, mes, les, ses, tes, 
ces (§6.), etc. 

§9. (2) E has the sound of e in met, whether it is 
printed e, e, or e. Pronounce messieurs, merci, belle, 
soubrette, decimo, permettez, ennemi, bete, fete, tete. 

§10. (3). Some people in the United States pro- 
nounce e in the first syllable of envelope, not with the 
sound of e in men, but with a sound like ah. This sound 
of e occurs frequently in French and is called the nasal 
sound. The letter a has a nasal sound also. See §4. 
The student will try to make it nasal, as in the English 
word envelope. Pronounce pense, enfant, A-mi-ens 
(s silent). 

§11. (4). Sometimes we pronounce the thing: thuh 
thing. The sound of the as in thuh is the sound of e 



INTRODUCTORY 2S 

without any mark of accent at the end of a French 
word of one syllable. Pronounce, making them rhyme 
with thuh, de, ce, le, me, ne, te, se, ce. 

In words of more than two letters final e without a 
mark of accent is not pronounced. Pronounce France, 
garage, globe, camouflage, garde, cantine. E before 
r, not final, has the sound of e in terror. 

G has two sounds. 

§12. (1). G has the same sound as in English. Pro- 
nounce globe, glace, Grand-Pre, Gallipoli, Gambetta, 
Gounod (d silent) , gable. 

§13. (2). G, before e, i, or y, has the sound of zh, 
like ^ in pleasure. Pronounce garage, camouflage, gen- 
darme, general, geologie, gyroscope, rouge. 

§14. Gu has the first sound of g, u being silent. Pro- 
nounce guide, guitare. 

§15. H is generally silent at the beginning of a 
word or syllable, as in the English words honor, herb, 
dishonor. Otherwise it is pronounced as in English. 

§16. When initial h is sounded, it is marked in vo- 
cabularies in this book with a ', thus, la 'hache. Pro- 
nounce 'halo, 'halte, 'harpe, herbe, hotel, horizon, 
humble. 

§17. / is pronounced like i in ravine, police, marine, 
Racine. In some words i is printed i, but the sound is 
the same. Pronounce ri, si, ni, ci, ici, ca ira, mine, 
bride, cuisine, dinette, dine, fine, pire, pic, fiance. 

§18. / before final n has a sound like that of an in 
bank. Pronounce clin, pin, chemin, fin. 

§19. / is pronounced like z in azure or like s in 
pleasure, that is, like French g before e, i, or y. See §13. 
Pronounce je, Jacob, Jacques, Joffre, Jules, Jusserand, 
jardin, jabot. 



24 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

§20. Sometimes / or // after- i has no sound, or more 
accurately, a trace of the sound of y. 

Thus paille rhymes with tie, 
fille " " tea, 

rail " " tie. 

§21. All words in which the / or // is silent are marked 
with a f when first given in this book. Pronounce 
billet doux, La Marseillaise. 

§22. N is pronounced as in English except that 
final n is silent and gives the nasal sound to the pre- 
ceding vowel. See §§4 and 10. Pronounce the fol- 
lowing words : an, en, chemin, on, un, Verdun, bonbon, 
pompon. 

§23. O has two sounds. 

(1). O is pronounced like o in hotel. Pronounce 
hotel, hote, 'hola. 

§24. (2). has also a shorter, sharper sound almost 
like the o in month. The difference is that there is more 
of the o and less of the u in it. Pronounce Foch, bonne, 
combat (/ silent), costume. 

§25. Qu is pronounced like k. Pronounce bouquet, 
croquet, croquette, Marquette, coquette. 

§26. R, correctly pronounced, has a sound that the 
English does not have. The student may pronounce 
it as in English, merely trilling it. The French trill. 

§27. Er at the end of a word has the sound of a 
in hate. Pronounce parler, officier. 

§28. S has two sounds, both like the English sharp, 
hissing s, and z. 

S has the sound of 5 in six. Pronounce sabot, sabo- 
tage, sardine, sandale, sage. 

§29. S has the sound of s. This is generally when 
it stands between vowels or when it is carried over from 



INTRODUCTORY 25 

the end of a word to the beginning of the next word, 
for example, les actes [lay zact], maison, liaison. 

§30. U has two sounds. (1) The first sound of 
u is not heard in English. It is like the German u. 
Those who do not know it from this may pronounce 
it like ee The sound ee is made with the corners of 
the mouth far apart. If the same sound is made with 
the lips in a position to whistle, the sound is exactly 
the French u. But be careful to make only one sound- 
Place the lips and then make the sound. 

Pronounce du, mu, nu, vu, lu, pu, su, connu, 
inconnu, revue, poilu. 

§31. (2) U before n at the end of a word has a 
sound like u in uh-huh, the colloquial word for yes. 
Pronounce un, d'un, Tun, Verdun. 

§32. W is pronounced like v. 

§33. Y is pronounced like i. 

§34. Z is pronounced as in English. Ez at the end 
of a word is pronounced like -er. See §27. Pronounce 
parlez [par-lay], nez [nay], comprenez. 

Diphthongs 

§35. Ai is pronounced like ai in fail. Pronounce 
au fait, saison, La Marseillaise, Aisne, Calais, Aix. 

§36. Ai before / or // is sometimes pronounced like 
ai in aisle. Pronounce bataille, bataillon. 

§37. Au is pronounced like o in note. Pronounce 
au fait, Maubeuge. 

§38. Eau is pronounced like au above. Pronounce 
beau, chateau, eau, Eau Claire, Rochambeau, Clemen- 
ceau. 

§39. Ay is pronounced like ai above. Pronounce 
La Fayette. 



26 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

§40. Ei is pronounced like a in prays. Pronounce 
seize, treize, La Marseillaise, making them rhyme with 
prays. Some make them rhyme with says. 

§41. Eu should rhyme with u in purr. Pronounce 
peur, meure, demeure, beurre, liqueur, Maubeuge. 

§42. Oi is pronounced like wah. Pronounce croix 
(x silent), Bois, Oise, Boise, toi, moi, soi, loi, roi, joie, 
voisine. 

§43. Ou is pronounced like oo in boot. Pronounce 
sou, ou, oui, boue, cou, d'ou, mou, pou, tout, vous, 
nous, chou, Louis. 

§44. Oeu is pronounced like eu above. Pronounce 
coeur like cur. 

§45. Pronounce oy like oi in boil. Pronounce 
voyage, voyons, voyez. 

Nasal Sounds 

§46. The sound of nasal a is found in -am, -an, -em, 
-en, -ent, at the end of words. It is like the sound of 
en in envelope already mentioned. See §10. 

Pronounce with this sound of a an, pan, chambre, 
enfant (both syllables nasal), empire, membre, com- 
mencement. 

§47. Nasal i appears in, -in, -im, -ain, -aim, -ein, 
in-, and im-, and has the sound of an in bank. Thus 
cinq is pronounced sank, q being silent. 

Nasal -om and -on are like the on in honk, but not like 
the onk. Omit the k. Pronounce bonbon, non, nom. 

§48. Nasal -um and -un are pronounced like the un in 
punk. Pronounce un, brun, parfum (m like n), Verdun. 
Nasal sounds occur at the end of words. Later the 
student may give attention to them in words at the 
end of syllables. 



INTRODUCTORY 27 

Compound Consonants 

Ch has two sounds. 

§49. (1). Ch is like sh. Pronounce chateau, cha- 
peau, machine, charade. 

(2). Ch in some words is like k. Pronounce chaos, 
echo, orchestre. 

§50. Gn is like ny in canyon. Pronounce mignon. 

§51. Th is pronounced like t. Pronounce theatre, 
the, Thiers (s silent). 

Final Consonants 
§52. Final consonants are generally silent, but final 
c y /, Z, r , are generally pronounced. In the verb-ending 
-er, r is silent. Pronounce parler, parlez, to rhyme with 
say. 

Linking (Liaison) 

§53. If two words standing together in a sentence 
are closely connected in meaning, the first one ending 
in a consonant and the second beginning with a vowel, 
they are pronounced as one word. But some say that 
the final consonant is "carried over" to the next word. 

Many remember the senseless sentence from Mother 
Goose: — "Can't a goat eat ivy, can't a mare eat oats?" 
It shows linking, and from it the student can learn what 
linking is. 

If one reads the sentence rapidly, it becomes Can ta 
go tea tivy, can ta ma rea toats? Notice that we link by 
carrying over the final consonant sound of one word 
to the first syllable of the next. Pronounce un animal 
[uh nanimal]. 

Accent 

§54. All syllables of a French word, excepting those 
ending in silent e, must be pronounced distinctly, with 



28 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

equal stress (no accent on any syllable, or a uniform 
stress on all), except for a slight raising of the voice on 
the last one sounded." 

§55. Accent marks do not indicate emphatic syllables 
or stress of voice. Do not try to accent French words. 
Pronounce them. 

Elision 

§56. Before a word beginning with a vowel (or silent 
h) the final e of le, de, je, me, se, te is dropped and re- 
placed with an apostrophe. 

Pronounce l'animal, j'aime, m'aimez-vous, s'assied- 
il, t'aime-t-elle. 

§57. So also the a of la. Pronounce PAnne, Pencre, 
Pentree. 

§58. The i of si is dropped before il or Us. Pro- 
nounce s'il veut, s'il vous plait. 

Silent Letters 

§59. E without an accent mark is frequently silent 
in French. There are many silent e's in English, for 
example in the following words: commencement , ease- 
ment, placement, peace, place. 

Pronounce the French words race, petite, soubrette, 
coquette, plume, humble, La Place, Seine, Marne, 
Oise, Bastille. The student will be pleased to know 
that a nasal sound never precedes a final silent e. 

§60. At the end of words d, s, t, also r and z (preceded 
by e) are generally silent. 

Pronounce sied (two syllables), parler, pas, tas, bas, 
part, quart, tort, fort. 

Accent Marks 
§61. French uses three accent marks, the acute (') 
the grave (**), and the circumflex ( A ). Notice that in 



INTRODUCTORY 29 

every instance the mark is on a vowel, not on a syllable. 
These marks do not indicate stress or emphasis. No 
syllable of a French word is emphasized more than 
another. Do not try to " accent" any syllable. Try 
to pronounce all syllables conscientiously. Do not slight 
syllables as we do in English. 

The table given below shows the vowels and diphthongs 
with their accents. We find 

UNACCENTED ACUTE GRAVE CIRCUMFLEX 

a 

e e 

i 

o 

u 

ai 

oi 

ou 

E is the only letter in which the accent marks indicate 
a difference in sound: e is pronounced like a in hate, 
h and e like e in met. 



a 


a 


e 


A 

e 




i 




6 


u 


u 




a! 




oi 


ou 


ou 



FRENCH 
Without a Teacher 



LESSON I 
PRONUNCIATION 

In learning a foreign language, there is no way to 
avoid pronouncing the words. Even if you had no hope 
of learning to speak the language, and your only purpose 
in studying it were to learn to read it, you would find 
yourself pronouncing the words somehow, — or you 
would never learn them. The sooner you learn to pro- 
nounce the words, and can do it easily, the sooner your 
mind will be free for other things. 

Read carefully the explanation of French pronuncia- 
tion given in sections 1 — 61. Refer to these sections 
whenever you are in doubt as to the proper pronun- 
ciation of a new word. Begin every lesson by studying 
your new vocabulary until you feel sure how you should 
pronounce each word, and then pronounce the words 
aloud over and over. By way of review read aloud, in 
your very best style, the French sentences in at least 
the two preceding lessons. Then read aloud the French 
sentences in the advance lesson. Never mumble: pro- 
nounce clearly and distinctly. 

In the earlier lessons the words have been respelled 
for you, in a way that should suggest the proper sound 
of the word. (In this respelling, the letters represent 

31 



32 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

the ordinary English sounds with which you are familiar.) 
Pronounce the words in the list given below: • 
le [luh]; e (without an accent mark) at the end 

of a word or syllable has the sound of 

e in her, but keep the r sound out. 
la [lah] as in hoopla, trala, Girofle-Girofla. 
le portrait [luh por-tray]; trill the r's; final t 

silent. 
le lit [luh lee]; / is silent. 
le livre [luh lee-vr]; e is silent. 
la chaise [lah shezz]; rhyme with says. 
la*porte [lah porte]; trill the r; e silent. 
la fenetre [lah fuh-nett-tr] ; for the sound oJ 

e see section 9; final e silent. 
la photographie [lah fo-to-grah-fee] ; a like a in 

father; e silent; i like ee. 
la table [lah tah-bl]; e silent; you know the ex- 
pression table d'hote [tah-bl dote.] The 

a may also correctly have sound of a 

in hat. 
la lampe [lah lahm-p]; e silent. 
voici [vwah-see]. We have this sound of oi 

[wah] in boudoir, reservoir, escritoire, 

repertoire, 
voila [vwah-lah]; -la is exactly like la above, 
un [uh]; a grunting sound, with u pronounced 

as in fun. Authorities give n as 

silent in this word. 
une [een]; the respelling is as accurate as the 

repertoire of English sounds permits; 

correct it by reference to section 30. 

Note that the n, which is final in un, 

and therefore silent, has its sound re- 



PRONUNCIATION 



33 



stored by addition of silent 



e. 



ici [ee-see] 



ou [oo] 

ou [oo]; pronounced exactly like the preceding. 
la [lah] pronounced exactly like la. 
est [eh]; e sounded as e in net, though you will 
always think you hear the sound of 
a in fate ; si silent. 
Silent Letters. After your study of the above list, 
what are your conclusions about the sound of final e? 
about the sounds of final consonants? 

Pronounce la exactly like la. Pronounce ou exactly 
like ou. What do these words mean.'' How can we 
tell from the printed page which is which? What is 
the use of the accent marks? 

VOCABULARY 
le (masculine form) the un (masculine) 



le portrait 


portrait 


le lit 


bed 


le livre 


book 


la (feminine form) 


the 


la chaise 


chair 


la porte 


door 


la f enetre 


window 


la photographie 


picture 


la table 


table 


la lampe 


lamp 



une (feminine) 
ici (adverb) 
void (adverb) 

la (adverb) 
voila (adverb) 



a, 
a, 



an 
an 
here 
here is, 
here are 
there 
there is, 
there are 
ou (conjunction) or 
ou (adverb) where 
est is 

You now know a few French words. So long as they 
are words, — four or five letters on a printed page, — 
they are of little use to you. Can you pronounce them? 
Then they are a little more valuable. Do they mean 
anything to you? When you say la fenetre, do you 
think of a window, — a real, true window, the window 



31- FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

in your room? Can you train yourself to the point 
where you will think la fenetre whenever you see any 
window? 

Any device that will help you to connect the word 
with the thing it stands for is worth while. Buy a 
box of tags or of gummed labels. Fasten them to every 
article that you own as soon as you learn the French 
name for that article. Write this name on the tag in 
good, clear letters. If you like, indicate the pronun- 
ciation on the tag. Then, every time you see the 
article, think of it by its French name. 
Say to yourself (aloud) : 

Voici le lit. [vwah-see luh lee] 
Voila la porte. [vwah-lah lah port] 
Voici une chaise, [vwah-see een shezz] 
Voici une lampe. [vwah-see een lahmp] 
Voici la table, [vwah-see lah tah-bl] 
Voila un portrait, [vwah-lah uh po^r-tray] 
Voila une photographic [vwah-lah een fo- 

toh-grah-fee] 
Voici un livre. [vwah-see uh lee-vr] 
Do you know what you have been saying? If you 
do not, find out. 

Gender 

You have learned nine nouns. Examine the list. 
You will notice that every noun is the name of a thing, 
and in English would therefore be in the neuter gender. 
In French, however, some nouns are masculine, and 
the rest are feminine. The French has no neuter 
gender. As in English, nouns referring to males are 
masculine, nouns referring to females are feminine; 
but nouns referring to things are some masculine and 
some feminine, haphazard. There is no labor-saving 



PRONUNCIATION 35 

system by which we can learn their genders by groups. 
We must learn the gender of each noun individually, 
— that is, noun by noun. * Students must accustom 
themselves, for instance, to the idea that the word for 
window is feminine; for bed, masculine. 

With masculine nouns the definite article the has the 
form le and the indefinite article a or an has the form 
un. With feminine nouns the definite article is la, the 
indefinite article is une. (If you label things about you, 
put the correct article on the tag. It will help you to 
remember the gender of the noun.) 

EXERCISE 
Ou est la lampe? [oo eh lah lahmp] Where is the lamp? 
La lampe est ici. [lah lahmp eh tee-see] The lamp is here. 

or 
Voici la lampe! [vwah-see lah lahmp] Here is the lamp! 
La lampe est la. [lah lahmp eh lah] The lamp is there. 

or 
Voila la lampe! [vwah-lah lah lahmp] There is the lamp! 
Voila une lampe! [vwah-lah een lahmp] There is a lamp! 
Answer each of the following questions in three 
different ways; using voici, voila, and est: 
Ou est le livre ? [oo eh luh lee-vr] 
Ou est la photographie ? [oo eh lah foh- 

toh-grah-fee] 
Ou est le lit ? [oo eh luh lee] 
Ou est la porte? [oo eh lah port] 
Ou est le portrait? [oo eh luh por-tray] 
Ou est la fenetre ? [oo eh lah f uh-nett-tr] 
Ou est la chaise ? [oo eh lah shezz] 
When you have reached this point, rest! A language 
must be taken in small doses. 



36 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



LESSON II 
PLURAL OF NOUNS 

The nouns that you learned in Lesson I were all 
singular, — you were speaking of just one thing in each 
case. All that you have to do to make these nouns 
plural is to add -s to the singular. This -s is not pro- 
nounced. The plural therefore, though spelled dif- 
ferently from the singular, is pronounced exactly the 
same. 

The indefinite article un, tme has of course no plural 
form. 

The definite article le, la, when used before plural 
nouns, is les. Notice that the singular has the mascu- 
line form le and the feminine form la, but the plural 
has for both genders but the one form les [lay], 
the windows les fenetres [lay fuh-nett-tr] 
the beds ' les lits [lay lee] 

, the chairs les chaises [lay shezz] 

the books les livres [lay lee-vr] 

Pronounce carefully le, la, les, making the difference 
in the sounds of the three words unmistakable. 

The singular of the definite article written before a 
noun beginning with a vowel or a silent h is written P, 
not le or la. (As the form Y does not help you to know 
the gender, learn the gender of such nouns with care. 
In this book they are marked m. or /.) 

Study the following French words. Remember, as 
in Lesson I, that you must carefully study how to pro- 
nounce each word, and then pronounce it till it no longer 
requires an effort. Try to associate the word with some 
definite object. If it is l'arbre (m.) that you are learn- 
ing, go to your window and choose a tree to think of 



PLURAL OF NOUNS 



37 



when you see or hear or write Parbre. Then try to get 
to the point where not only do you think of a tree when 
you see the word Parbre, but whenever you see a tree 
— any tree — you think at once Parbre. Soon French 
words will buzz in your head when you go to sleep, you 
will wake up in the morning with French words and 
phrases haunting you, — and you will begin to know 
French. 

In the pronunciation of the plurals given below you 
will notice linking. See §53 for the explanation. Link- 
ing is not compulsory in French, but you should use it 
regularly. The opportunity for linking comes when a 
word ends in a consonant and the word immediately 
following begins with a vowel sound. (A word be- 
ginning with a silent h begins with a vowel sound.) 

VOCABULARY 



tree 



les arbres [lay zar-br] 
les couvertures 



blanket 

ink 

man 

room 

house 



Parbre [lar-br] m. 
la couverture 

[coo-vair-teer] 
Pencre [lahn-cr]/. 
Phomme [lumm]w. 
la-chambre [sham-br 
la maison [may-zon] 
le jardin [zhar-dan(k)] garden 
la femme [fam-m] woman 
tla fille [fee-yuh or fee] girl 
sur (prep.) [seer] • on, onto 
dans (prep.) [dan(k)] §46 

(s silent) in, into 

The verb is is est [eh]. 

The verb are is sont [son], see §47. 

Do not use est or sont with voici or voila 



les encres [lay zahn-cr] 

les hommes [lay zumm] 

les chambres 

les maisons see §47 

les jardins see §47 

les femmes 

les files see §20 



38 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

How do you say: 

Where are the books? 

The books are there. 

There are the books. 

Where are the chairs? 

There are the chairs. 

The chairs are here. 
Pronounce, and be sure you understand what you are 
saying: 

Ou est l'arbre? 
Ou sont les arbres? 
Les arbres sont dans le jardin. 
Ou est l'encre? 
L'encre est sur la table. 
Ou est l'homme? 
Voila rhomme! 
Ou sont les femmes? 
Les femmes sont dans la maison. 
Put the following questions into French, and then 
answer them in French: 

Where is the lamp? 
Where are the blankets? 
Where is the bed? 
Where are the chairs? 
Where is the woman? 
Where are the trees ? 
Where is the garden? 



LESSON III 
PRONOUNS 
Always read aloud with careful attention to pronun" 
ciation all French sentences given as examples, Be - 



PRONOUNS 



39 



gin each study period by reviewing at least three of the 
preceding lessons. Read aloud and pronounce aloud 
every French word and sentence. 

Subject Pronouns, Third Person Singular and Plural. 
il [eel] it, he ils [eel] they 

elle [ell] it, she elles [ell] they 

EXAMPLES 
Where is the lamp? Ou est la lampe? 



The lamp is here. 
or It is here. 

Where is the book? 
The book is here. 
or It is here. 

Where is the man? 
The man is here. 
or He is here. 

Where is the woman? 
The woman is here. 
or She is here. 

Where are the books? 

The books are here. 
or They are here. 

Where are the women? 

The women are here. 
or They are here. 



La lampe est ici. 
Elle est ici. 

Ou est le livre? 
Le livre est ici. 
II est ici. 

Ou est l'homme? 
L'homme est ici. 
// est ici. 

Ou est la femme? 
La femme est ici. 
Elle est ici. 

Ou sont les livres? 
Les livres sont ici. 
Ils sont ici. 

Ou sont les femmes? 
Les femmes sont ici. 
Elles sont ici. 



Study the sentences given above. You see from the 
third sentence in each group that in French, as in Eng- 
lish, we may for convenience use a pronoun (it, he, she, 
they) instead of a noun. You also notice that there are 
four forms used above — il, elle, ils, elles. These 
pronouns are used as subjects of sentences. They are 



40 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

all subject-pronouns. II and its plural form ils are used 
when a masculine noun (a le-noun) is referred to. Elle 
and its plural form elles are used when a feminine noun 
(a la-noun) is referred to. 

How is it%o be translated into French? We use, of 
course, il or elle. Which one? If the noun to which 
the it refers is a le-noun, we use il. If the noun to which 
the it refers is a la-noun, we use elle. II means he only 
when the le-noun to which it refers is the name of a 
male. Elle means she only when the la-noun to which 
it refers is the name of a female. 

You will notice that no use has been made of voici 
and voila in the above sentences. Voici and voila may 
be used with pronouns, but not with the subject pro- 
nouns given above. The pronouns used with voici 
and voila are easy to learn, because they happen to be 
spelled the same as the definite article: — le, la, les. 
Their use is shown in the following: 

Ou est le livre? 

Le voici! Here it is. 

Le voila! There it is. 

Ou est la femme? 

La voici! Here she is. 

La voila! There she is. 

Ou est la chaise? 
La voici! Here it is. 
La voila! There it is. 

Ou sont les chaises? 
Les voici! Here they are. 
Les voila! There they are. 

Answer each of the following questions in two ways. 
(1). Use pronoun subjects with est or sont instead of 



WORD DRILL 41 

repeating the noun; (2) Use voici or voila with le, la, 
or les, as shown above. 

Ou sont les livres? 

Ou sont les portes? 
Ou sont les arbres ? 
Ou sont les lampes? 
Ou sont ies lits? 
Ou sont les femmes? 
Ou sont les encres? 
Ou sont les hommes ? 
Ou sont les couvertures? 
Ou sont les chaises? 



1. 


Ou est le livre? 


2. 


Ou est la porte? 


3. 


Ou est l'arbre? 


4. 


Ou est la lampe? 


5. 


Ou est le lit ? 


6. 


Ou est la femme? 


7. 


Ou est l'encre? 


8. 


Ou est l'homme? 


9. 


Ou est la couverture? 


0. 


Ou est la chaise? 



LESSON IV 

WORD DRILL 
If, part of the time at least, you can make play of 
your study, you will learn more easily than if you take 
it in a dull and serious fashion. To teach yourself the 
names of the parts of the body, invent a lively exercise. 
First study the list of words given below, till you are 
sure of pronunciation and meaning. Then stand ver) 7 
straight, take a deep breath, and say by way of in- 
troduction, "le corps". Then begin with the head, 
la tete, and in a brisk staccato fashion name each of the 
following parts of the body, always pointing quicklv 
to the part named. If you take them always in the 
same order, you will not need a printed list to remember 
them. 

SINGULAR MEANING PLURAL 

le corps [kore] body les corps 

la tete [tett] head les tetes 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



le cheveu [shev-uh] hair (one) 

le front [fron, §47] forehead 

le sourcil [soor-see] eyebrow 

fl'oeil [ay-ee, rapidly]m. eye 

le nez [nay] nose 

la bouche [boosh] mouth 

la levre [lew-r] lip 

la dent [dan, §46] tooth 

la langue [lang] tongue 

le menton [mahn-to(k)] chin 

la barbe [barb] beard 

la peau [poe] skin 

1'oreille [oh-ray-ee] /. ear 

le cou [coo] neck 

la poitrine [pwah-treen] breast 

le coeur [cur-r] heart 
l'estomac[est-o-mack]ra. stomach 

le bras [brah] arm 

le coude [cood] elbow 

la main [man §47] hand 

le doigt [dwah] finger 

la jambe [zham-b] leg 

le genou [zhenn-ou] knee 

le pied [pee-ay] foot 
le doigt du pied 



es cheveux the hair 

es fronts 

es sourcils 

es yeux [lay ziuh] 

es nez 

es bouches 

es levres 

es dents 

es langues 

es mentons 

es barbes 

es peaux 

es oreilles 

es cous 

es poitrines 

es coeurs 

es estomacs 

es bras 

es coudes 

es mains 

es doigts 

es jambes 

es genoux 

es pieds 

es doigts du pied 



toe 

As a variation on the mere exercise of naming the 
parts of the body, take the following list and go through 
with it in this way: Ou est le bras? Le bras est ici. 
Voici le bras. Le voici. 

List: Stomach, eyes, heart, ear, ears, leg, fingers, 
toes, teeth, head. 





ADJECTIVES 


43 




LESSON V 






ADJECTIVES 




Adjectives in French agree in gender and number 


with the nouns the} 


r modify. 
MASCULINE 




SINGULAR 


PLURAL 




grand [gran, §47] 


grands 


large, tall 


petit [puh-tee] 


petits 


little, small 


joli [zho-lee] 


jolis 


pretty 


vrai [rhyme with ray 


vrais 


true 


bleu [like bltt in bluff 


bleus 


blue 


ouvert [oo-vair] 


ouverts 


open 


interessant [in like < 


in in interessants interesting 


man, -tay-ress-ahn] 






sale [rhymes with pal] sales 


dirty 


propre [proh-pr] 


propres 


neat, clean 


rond [ron, §47] 


ronds 


round 


froid [frwah] 


froids 


cold 


chaud [show] 


chauds 


warm, hot 


gros [gro] 


gros 
FEMININE 


big, fat 


SINGULAR 


PLURAL 




grande* 


grandes* 


large, tall 


petite* 


petites* 


little, small 


jolie 


jolie s 


pretty 


vraie 


vraies 


true 


bleue 


bleues 


blue 


ouverte* 


ouvertes* 


open 


interessante* 


interessantes* 


interesting 


sale 


sales 


dirty 


propre 


propres 


neat, clean 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



ronde* 


rondes* 


round 


froide* 


froides* 


cold 


chaude* 


chaudes* 


warm, hot 


grosse* 


grosses* 


big, fat 



*D, s, or / sounded, final -s or -es silent. 

You will see from a study of this list that in most 
adjectives you form the feminine by adding -e to the 
masculine. You form the plural by adding -s to the 
singular. 

In French the adjective usually comes after the noun 
it modifies. We say: 

les yeux bleus, [lay zi-uh bluh] blue eyes. 

une fenetre ouverte, [een fuh-nett-tr oo-vairt] an 
open window. 

un portrait interessant, [uh por-tray tan-tay-ress- 
ahn] an interesting portrait. 

So in English — bete noire, carte blanche, point blank. 

But some very common French adjectives — such as 
gros, grand, petit, joli, vrai, etc., stand before the noun, 
as in English. We say: une petite fille, une jeune fille, 
a little girl, a young girl, une jolie femme, a pretty 
woman. 

Notice that the final silent -e or -es in the feminine 
gives a sound to the consonant that was silent in the 
masculine singular. This is true in grand, petit, ouvert, 
rond, froid, chaud, and gros. If it were not for this 
final silent -e, the final consonant would not be sounded. 

Write in French, with careful attention to accents, 
gender, number, spelling, and position of the adjective 
the phrases given below. Correct your work by the 
Appendix at the end of the book. Mark each phrase 
zero if it has the smallest mistake in it ; and see how well 
you do in your test. If you do not make at least eighty 



ADJECTIVES 45 

per cent, go over this lesson again and write the Ex- 
ercise a second time. • 





EXERCISE 




1. 


A tall man. 


13. 


The small girls. 


2. 


A small chair. 


14. 


On the round table. 


3. 


A pretty blanket. 


15. 


The pretty women. 


4. 


On the clean bed. 


16. 


A small mouth. 


5. 


The fat stomach. 


17. 


An open door. 


6. 


The cold hand. 


18. 


An interesting room. 


7. 


The small foot. 


19. 


In a little garden. 


8. 


The fat woman. 


20. 


An open mouth. 


9. 


The clean house. 


21. 


A fat nose. 


10. 


The open windows. 


22. 


The eyes open. 


11. 


The interesting photo- 


23. 


The warm blanket. 




graph. 


24. 


The dirty teeth 


12. 


The blue book. 


25. 


A small head. 



The following French adjectives are so much like the 
English that you will have no trouble in guessing their 
meaning and you will recognize them easily in reading 
French. You need not learn them, but it might be well 
for you to notice that, though they are very much like 
the English, most of them do differ slightly from the 
English. 

When only one form is given, you are to understand 
that the masculine and feminine forms are the same. 

Warning. — Not one of the words given is pronounced 
as in English. Make a careful study of the pronuncia- 
tion of these words. Remember you cannot correctly 
give them the English pronunciation. 

List of French Adjectives 
pale [pal] 

adorable [ah-doh-rah-bl] 
irresistible [ir-ray-see-stee-bl] 



45 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

magnifique [man-yee-feek] 

militaire [mee-lee-tare] 

moderne [moh-dairn] 

agreable [ah-gray-ah-bl] 

desagreable [day-sah-gray-ah-bl] 

horrible [or-ree-bl] 

terrible [tare-ree-bl] 

stupide [s tee-peed] 

electrique [ay-leck-treek] 

calme [sound the /] 

formidable [fore-mee-dah-bl] 

vaste [vah-st] 

large [lar-zh] 

tolerable [toh-lay-rah-bl] 

simple [sam-pl] 

superbe [see-pairb] 

confortable [kon-four-tah-bl] (see §47) 

actif, active [ahk-teef, ahk-teev] 

secret [suh-kreh], secrete [suh-krett] 

excellent, excellente [ex-sell-lahn (k), ex-sell-ahnt] 

intellectuel [nasal in], [an-tell-lekt-ee-ell] 

intellectuelle [an-tell-lekt-ee-ell] 

absolu, absolue [ahb-so-lee] 

different, differente [dif-fay-rahn (k)], [dif-fay-rahnt] 

indifferent [nasal in], indifferente 

humain [nasal ain], humaine [ee-menn] 

ardent, ardente [arr-dahn(k)], [arr-dahnte] 

distant, distante [dee-stahn(k)], dee-stahnt] 

inoffensif , inoffensive [een-off-fahn-seef] [seev] 

present [nasal en], [pray-zahn(k) ] presente [pray-zahnt] 

infernal [nasal in, -fair-nal], infernale 

brutal, brutale [bree-tahl] 

certain [sair, nasal -tain], certaine [sair-tenn] 



REVIEW 

primitif, primitive [pree-mee-teef], [-teeve] 
superieur [see-pay-ree-'urr], superieure 
inferieur, inferieure [nasal in-] , 
offensif, offensive [off-fahn(k)-seef] 
relatif, relative [ray-lah-teef 1 , [-teev] 



LESSON VI 
REVIEW 

1. What is the definite article in English? 

2. How many forms has the definite article in French ? 

3. Give these forms, pronouncing each carefully. 

4. What is the indefinite article in English? 

5. How many forms has the indefinite article in 

French ? 

6. Give these forms. 

7. How many genders has English? French? 

8. Which gender is lacking in French? 

9. Give the rule for the agreement of the adjective. 

10. How do you form the feminine of the adjective? 

11. How do you form the plural of the adjective? 

12. How do you form the plural of the noun? 

13. What is the usual position of the adjective in 

French ? 

14. Name five adjectives that do not follow this rule. 

15. Name four subject-pronouns, two masculine and 

two feminine. 

16. Name three other pronouns that are not subject 

pronouns. 

17. Give four French words that are used for the Eng- 

lish word it. 

18. How do you know which one to use? 

19. Give three French words that are used for the 

Enelish word they. 



48 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

20. How do you know which to use? 

21. Give rapidly the French words for: bed, chair, 

window, door, tree, ink, man, room, house, gar- 
den, woman, girl, in, into, on, is, are, here-is, 
here-are, there-is, there-are. 

22. Write names of the various parts of the body, then 

compare what you have written with list you were 

given. Correct especially for spelling and form 

of the article. 

Warning. — If, when you start this review, you find 

it necessary to look back constantly at the preceding 

lessons to be able to answer the questions, you should 

then patiently write the answers to the questions. This 

will fix them well in your mind, and be a very good 

drill for you if you try to make your answers clear and 

complete. Then try again to give them all orally. 

You should stick right here until you can answer every 

question given above promptly, and with the assurance 

that you know. 



LESSON VII 

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 

SINGULAR SINGULAR PLURAL 

masc. fern. masc. and fem. 

my monfr . ma [mah] mes [may] 

J . [o as in x n i 1 ± rl i 

your ton \ ■ na ta [tah] tes [tay] 

his, her, its son [ Jj1 sa [sah] ses [say] 

our notre [noh-tr] notre [noh-tr] nos [noh 

your votre [voh-tr] votre [voh-tr] vos [voh] 

their leur [lurr] leur [lurr] leurs [lurr] 

Notice that there are two words meaning your, ton 
and vttre. Use votre. Only when you read French 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 49 

books will you need to know ton, ta, tes. Don't use 
them in addressing a Frenchman. 

Although ma is the feminine form of my, the French 
uses mon before feminine nouns beginning with vowels. 
For example, they say mon amie, not ma amie. The 
sound is more agreeable. 

The words mon, ton, son etc. are often called pos- 
sessive pronouns, rather than possessive adjectives. 
Adjective is a better name for them, because, like all 
other adjectives, they agree in number and gender with 
the nouns they modify, not with the words to which 
they refer. For example: 

His hand or her hand, sa main, [sah man] 
His hands or her hands, ses mains, [say man] 
His bed or her bed, son lit. [son(k) lee] 
His head or her head or its head, sa t§te. [sah tett] 
His mother or her mother or its mother, sa mere. 
[sah mair] 
Learn the following words. Remember the advice 
formerly given: try to call up some definite person for 
each word. You may amuse yourself trying to decide 
which aunt you will allow to become permanently as- 
sociated in your mind with the word tante. 

The plurals of all these nouns are formed regularly 
— that is, by adding -s to the singular ■*- with the 
exception of fils which has the plural fils. 



la famille [fah-mee] 




family 


le pere [pair] 




father 


la mere [mair] 




mother 


le frere [frair] 




brother 


la soeur [sur-r] 




sister 


le fils [fees, rhyme 


with 


son 


police] . 







50 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



la fille [fee] 

l'enfant m. or/. §46. 

le bebe 

Foncle m. 

la tante 

tres [treh] (adverb) 

le grand-pere 

la grand-mere 

le mari [mah-ree] 

la femme [rhyme, sam] 

le cousin [koo-zan] 

la cousine [koo-zeen] 

rami [ah-mee] m. 

le serviteur [sair-vee-tuhr] 

la servante [-vante] 

1'amie [ah-mee]/. 

le garcon [garr-sson] 

et (conjunction) 

mais (conjunction) 

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 



daughter 
child 
baby 
uncle 
aunt 
very 

grandfather 
grandmother 
husband 
wife 

cousin (masculine) 
cousin (feminine) 
friend 

servant (man) 
servant (maid) 
friend 
boy 
and 
but 
CARDINALS. 



The numeral adjectives, with the exception of un, do 
not change in form. Learn to count rapidly: 



1 un, une 

2 deux [duh] 



5 cinq [sank] 

6 s x [rhymes 

with peace] 

7 sept [sett] 

8 huit [weet] 



9 neuf [nurT] 

10 dix [rhymes 
with peace] 

11 onze [onz] 

12 douze [doo-z] 



3 trois [trwah] 

4 quatre [kat-r] 
Write in French : 

1. My family. 2. Our father. 3. Her mother. 
4. His mother. 5. His son. 6. Their mother. 7. 
Their son. 8. Your grandfather. 9. My husband. 
10. My friend. 11. My friend (fern.). 12. Our sons. 
13. Your sisters. 14. Their children. 15. Their baby. 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 51 

16. His aunt. 17. His servants (fern.). 18. Her 
servants (masc.). 19. My cousins. 20. His grand- 
mother. 

To see whether you have written the exercise correctly, 
compare with list in Appendix. 

The French use the definite article instead of the 
possessive adjective if the meaning is absolutely clear 
without the possessive adjective. For example, they 
say often "Ou est la main?" instead of "Ou est votre 
main?" 

POSSESSION 
In English we say "The girl's mother," using the 
-s to denote possession. We may also say "The mother 
of the girl". The French use only the second form of 
expression — "The mother of the girl" — La mere de 
la fille [lah mair duh lah fee]. The preposition de 
means of. 

De has an inconvenient way of combining with the 
definite article. Learn the following facts: 

de le is incorrect; use instead du [dee]. 
de 1' is correct. 
de la is correct. 
de F is correct. 

de les is incorrect; use instead des [day]. 
Write in French: 

1. The father of the family. 2. The mother of 
six children. 3. The portrait of my grandmother. 
4. A photograph of the three children. 5. The head 
of the child. 6. My friend's son. 7. My father's 
mother. 8. My maid's husband. 9. The window 
of the room. 10. The boy's leg. 11. The baby's 
ears. 12. The blue eyes of the little children. 
Compare with sentences in the Appendix. 



52 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

EXERCISE 
1. L'homme est tres agreable. 2. II est un ami de 
mon mari. 3. Voici les deux filles de rhomme. 4. 
Elles sont tres jolies. 5. Voici (Seel) les yeux blancs! 
6. Ou est monsieur votre mari? 7. Le voila dans le 
jardin! 8. Notre jardin est adorable. 9. Votre jar- 
din et votre maison sont magnifiques! 10. La maison 
est moderne et confortable. 11. Elle est tres interes- 
sante. 12. Les enfants sont pales. 13. Leur tante 
est une cousine de ma mere, mais elle est une femme tres 
desagreable. 14. L'oncle est un homme brutal. 15. 
lis sont stupides. 



LESSON VIII 



PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB etre, to be. 

je suis [zhuh swee] I am 

tu es [tee eh] you are 

il est [eel eh] he is 

nous sommes [noo somm] we are 
vous etes [voo zett] you are 

ils Lont [eel son] they are 

II est means it is, as well as 'he is 
Elle est means it is, as well as she is. 
Elles sont as well as ils sont means they are. 
Elles is the plural of elle. 
Do you know when to use il or elle, ils or elles? 
If not, review Lesson III. 

You notice that there are two ways of saying you are. 
Tu es is used only in addressing inferiors or child en, 
or very informally. The only safe thing to do is not 
to use it at all. Vous etes is safe and correct. The 



PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB etre 53 

possessive adjective ton is used whenever the subject- 
pronoun tu is used. That means, so far as your writing 
or speaking is concerned, not at all. 

In French two words are used to say not, ne (contracted 
before a vowel to n') before the verb, and pas after the 
verb. 

PRESENT OF etre WITH ne. . . .pas, i" am not, ETC. 
je ne suis pas [zhuh nuh swee pah] 
tu n'es pas [tee neh pah] 
il n'est pas [eel neh pah] 
nous ne sommes pas [noo nuh summ pah] 
vous n'etes pas [voo nett pah] 
ils ne sont pas [eel nuh son pah] 
PRESENT OF etre CONJUGATED INTERROGATIVELY 
suis-je [sweezh] am I? 

es-tu [eh-tee] are you? 

est-il [eh-teel] is he? 

sommes-nous [summ noo] are we? 
etes-vous [ett voo] are you? 

sont-ils [son 'teel] are they? 

INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY 
ne suis-je pas am I not? 

n'es-tu pas are you not ? 

n'est-il pas [neh teel pah] is he not? 
ne sommes-nous pas are we not? 

n' etes-vous pas are you not? 

ne sont-ils pas are they not? 

VOCABULARY 
Learn the following words and phrases. Never forget 
to make a careful study of the pronunciation of each 
word. 



54 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

monsieur [muh-see-uh, rapidly] 

madame 

mademoiselle [mad-mwah-zell] 

bonjour [ bon- as in bonbon, -zhoor] good morning 

bonsoir [bon- as in bonbon, -swahr] good evening 

adieu [ah-dee-uh, rapidly] goodby 

au revoir [oh ruh-vwar] goodby (till next time) 

oui [oo-ee, rapidly, or wee] yes 

non [§47] no 

pardon [parr-don] I beg your pardon 

merci [mair-see] thank you! often no, I thank you!) 

je vous remercie [zhuh voo ruhmair-see] I thank you, 

"thanks!" 
c'est bien [seh bee-eh] it is good, very well, good! "all 

right!" 
s'il vous plait [seel voo play] if you please 
tout, toute (adjective) all 
malade (adjective) ill 
fatigue, fatiguee (adjective) tired. 
de rien [rien rhymes with bien] it is nothing, "don't 

mention it!" 
il n'y a pas de quoi it is of no importance, "don't men- 
tion it!" 
seul, seule (adjective) alone 
aimable [ay-mah-bl] kind. 

The word Monsieur corresponds to our Mister, Ma- 
dame to our Mrs., and Mademoiselle to our Miss. But 
the French words are also used alone. The newsboy 
with us. says: "Have a paper, Mister?" — The tramp 
says: "Thank you, Miss." — The servant says: "Take 
care, ma'am!" But you do not say, when you meet 
a dignified acquaintance: "How are you, mister?" 
Nor when a lady at a reception pours you a cup of tea, 



PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB etre 



55 



do you say: "Thank you, ma'am." The French use 
these three words freely in addressing people or in an- 
swering questions, and the same effect of leisurely courtesy 
is given as is given in English by our own use of the 
name of the person to whom we are speaking. For ex- 
ample, if Mr. Scott asks you if you have been at the 
opera, "No, Mr. Scott" is a somewhat more courteous 
answer than a bald "No". In such a case the French 
would invariably say: "Non, monsieu." 

Read the following sentences, and see if you under- 
stand them: 

Pardon, madame, etes-vous malade? 

Non, monsieur, je ne suis pas malade. Je suis 
tres fatiguee. 

fites-vous toute seule, madame? Ou sont 
vos amis? 

Non, monsieur, je ne suis pas seule. Mon fils 
et ma fille sont ici. Les voila. 

C'est bien, madame. Adieu. 

Vous £tes tres aimable, monsieur. Je vous 



They are dirty. 

Is she fat. 

She is not fat. 

Are they tall? 

They are tall. 

They are not very tall. 

We are very tired. 

Is she pretty? 

She is not pretty. 

She is very interesting. 





remercie. 






De rien, madame. x 


^diei 


Write in French: 




1. 


Are you tired? 


11. 


2. 


I am not tired. 


12. 


3. 


Are they ill? 


13. 


4. 


They are not ill. 


14. 


5. 


We are all alone. 


15. 


6. 


You are kind. 


16. 


7. 


She is little. 


17. 


8. 


He is not large. 


18. 


9. 


Are they clean? 


19. 


0. 


They are not clean. 


20. 



56 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

If, when you have written this exercise, and have 
compared it with the Appendix, you find you have made 
a poor showing, you must go over it tomorrow. Then 
do it again for speed. You should mark each sentence 
perfect or zero. Do not tolerate inaccurate work in 
yourself. 

LESSON IX 
PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB avoir 
j'ai [zhay] I have 

tu, as [tee ah] you have 

il a [eel ah] he has 

nous avons [noo zavon] we have 

vous avez [voo zavay] you have 

ils ont [eel zon, rhyme with bonbon] they have 

NEGATIVE FORM 
je n'ai pas [zhuh nay pah] I don't have 
tu n'as pas [tee nah pah] you don't have 
il n'a pas [eel nah pah] he doesn't have 

nous Savons pas we don't have 

vous n'avez pas you don't have 

ils n'ont pas they don't have 

You notice that the word for 7, je, is contracted to 
j* before vowels. 

You notice that there are two expressions for "you 
have." Do not use tu as. You will see it in French 
stories. , 

Learn the following words. Always remember to 
connect each word with the actual thing: when you read 
or say la soupe, think soup\ 

VOCABULARY 
la soupe [soop] soup 



PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB avoir 57 

le pain [rhyme with ran] bread 

le beurre [burr] butter 

la viande [vee-ahnd] , meat 

les legumes [lay-geem] vegetables 

les 'haricots [ha-ree-koj beans 

le cafe coffee 

le sucre [see-kr] sugar 

le lait [lay] milk 

le the [tay] tea 

le vin [van, §47] wine 

le chocolat [sho-ko-lah] chocolate 

le sel [sell] salt 

l'eau [o]/. water 

la pomme de terre [pumm 

duh tair] potato 

les petits pois [pet-ee pwah] green peas 
bon, bonne [bunn] (adjective) good 
toujours [too-zhoor] (adverb) always 
donnez-moi [dunnay-mwah] . give me! 
Have you ever thought how much we use the word 
some? We say, "I want some bread", "I want some 
water", "I should like some tea." Or we vary the 
usage and say, "Have you any money?" "Have you any 
influence?" "He hasn't any food." This idea of 
some, any is customarily expressed in French by the 
preposition de [duh]. 

de Peau [duh lo] some water, any water. 

du pain [dee pahn, nasal n] some bread, any bread. 

de la viande [duh lah vee-ahnd] some meat, any 

meat. 
des legumes [day lay-gheem] some vegetables, any 
vegetables. 



58 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

But in sentences containing the negative ne . . . . pas 
the definite article should be omitted, thus: 

II n'a pas d'eau, he doesn't have any water, he has 

no water. 
Nous n'avons pas de pain, we have no bread, 
lis n'ont pas de viande, they have no meat. 
Vous navez pas de legumes, you have no vegeta- 
bles. 
Write in French: 

(Always write these exercises without looking back 
either to the examples or to the vocabulary. If you 
find that you cannot, study a little longer and start 
again. For the correct phrases see Appendix.) 

Some coffee. 
Some ink. 
Some wine. 

I don't have any soup. 
He doesn't have any ink. 
They have no peas. 
You have no beans. 
35. I have no potatoes. 
Translate : 

C'EST LA GUERRE 
Ou est le vin, madame? 

Je n'ai pas de vin, monsieur. J'ai de l'eau. 
Merci, madame, n'avez-vous pas de lait? 
Oui, monsieur, j'ai du bon lait. Voici le lait! 
Ou est le pain? 
Le voici. Ma* cousine a du vin, mais le vin de ma 

cousine n'est pas bon. 
Le lait est tres bon. N'avez-vous pas de viande? 
Non, monsieur, nous avons des legumes — des petits 
pois et des haricots. 



1. 


Some soup. 


8. 


2. 


Some butter. 


9. 


3. 


Some peas. 


10. 


4. 


Some beans. 


11. 


5. 


Some potatoes. 


12. 


6. 


Some chocolate. 


13. 


7. 


Some blankets. 


14. 



IDIOMS WITH avoir 59 

Avez-vous des pommes de terre? 

Oui, oui, monsieur, toujours des pommes de terre! 

Donnez-moi du beurre, s'il vous plait! 

Non, monsieur, nous n'avons pas de beurre. 

Le lit n'est pas propre, madame. 

Mais oui, monsieur, mes lits sont toujours propres. 

Donnez-moi, s'il vous plait, des couvertures propres! 

Mais, monsieur, la couverture est propre. 

Donnez-moi deux couvertures, madame! 

Oui, monsieur, voici les couvertures toujours propres! 



LESSON X 
IDIOMS WITH avoir 
English says: French says: 
I am thirsty I have thirst j'ai soif [swahf] 
I am hungry I have hunger j 'ai faim [m silent, ai like 

a in answer] 
I am cold I have cold j'ai froid [frwah] 
I am warm I have warm j'ai chaud [show] 
I am sleepy I have sleep j'ai sommeil [som-may-ee] 
I am right I have right j'ai raisoh [ray-zon], §47. 
I am wrong I have wrong j 'ai tort [tore] 

Never let yourself be caught saying absent-mindedly 
"je suis faim." Here again you can fix this in your 
memory by saying to yourself, whenever you are hungry, 
"j'ai faim." And so with the others. 

VOCABULARY 
bon [learn from the English apportez-moi bring me! 

bonbon] (adverb) very well! 

good! le biscuit [beess-kwee] 

le fromage [froh-mazh] cheese cracker 



60 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



II y a. 

II y a means there is, there are. Voila is used in point- 
ing out a thing to a person to whom you are talking. 
II y a does not point out, it is used in stating that there 
is something. 

Read: 
J'ai froid, mademoiselle. Apportez-moi du th6 — chaud, 

s'il vous plait! 
II n'y a pas de the, monsieur, mais il y a du bon cafe. 
Bon! Apportez-moi du cafe! 
Le voici, monsieur. — N'avez-vous pas faim? 
Non, je n'ai pas faim. — Avez-vous du fromage? 
D'excellent fromage, monsieur. Roquefort? Camem- 

bert? Brie? 
Apportez-moi un camembert! 
Et des biscuits? 
S'il vous plait. 
Les voici! 

Write in French. 

1. She is little. 

2. She is cold. 

3. She is pretty. 

4. She is hungry. 

5. The men are tired. 

6. They are thirsty. 

7. My mother is right. 

8. I am wrong. 

9. You are right — you 

are wrong. 
10. The children are tired. 



1 1 . They are sleepy. 

12. The woman is sick. 

13. She is hungry. 

14. We are not hungry. 

15. We are thirsty. 

16. Are you sleepy? 

17. We are not sleepy. 

18. Are you tired? (fatigue, 

fatiguee, fatigues, fati- 
guees) . 

19. We are not tired. 



20. We are cold. 



QUESTIONS 61 



LESSON XI 
QUESTIONS 
CI) Avez-vous faim? [ah-vay voo fam] (to rhyme* with 
slam but nasal m) 

(2) Est-ce que vous avez faim ? [ess-kuh voazah-vay, etc] 

(3) Vous avez faim, n'est-ce pas? [voo zah-vay fam, 

ness pah] 

The French ask questions in the three ways illustrated 
above. You are familiar with the first. The second, 
translated literally, is: "Is it that you are hungry?" The 
third, translated literally, is: "You are hungry, is it 
not?" There is no object in remembering these clumsy 
translations. Remember merely that you can take any 
statement, and make a question of it by putting 
"Est-ce que" before it, or "n'est-ce pas" after it. 

In French if you ask: "Is she pretty?" you may say: 
"Est-elle jolie?" But if you say: "Is your friend pretty?" 
you cannot say: "Est votre amie jolie?" You must 
say instead "Votre amie est-elle jolie?" Be careful 
of this in sentences 4, 5, 8 and 9 below. 

Write each of the following sentences in three ways: 

1. Are you ill? 

2. Have you bread? 

3. Is she pretty? 

4. Has your room two windows? 

5. Is your husband in the garden? 

6. Have you children? 

7. Are you cold? 

8. Is the child sleepy? 

9. Are the windows small? 

10. Have you a tree in your garden? 
(See Appendix) 



62 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Combien de [komm-bee-yeh duh] mean how many. 
II y a [eel ee ah or eel-yah] you remember, means there 

is, there are. 
y a-t-il [ee ah teel] means is there, are there. (The t 
is just to make the phrase easier to say.) 
Read aloud several times in French, then answer in 
French the following questions: 

1. Combien d'enfants avez-vous? 

2. Combien de chaises y a-t-il dans la chambre? 

3. Combien de livres y a-t-il sur la table? 

4. Combien d'arbres y a-t-il dans le jardin? 

5. Combien de cousins avez-vous ? 

6. Combien de freres avez-vous ? 

7. Combien de fenetres y a-t-il dans votre chambre? 

8. Combien de couvertures y a-t-il sur le lit? 

9. Combien de doigts avez-vous sur les deux mains ? 
10. Combien de doigts du pied avez-vous? 



LESSON XII 
REVIEW 
In all review lessons review the five lessons im- 
mediately preceding the Review, without having looked 
at the questions you are to try to answer. Then write 
the answers to as many questions as you can without 
looking back for information. Do not cheat yourself. 
Leave an honest blank for any answer that you are not 
prepared to give from memory. Then go back and 
study carefully all points you found yourself uncertain 
in regard to. Also correct all the answers you have 
written. Then lay aside your answers, and go through 
the review orally. 



REVIEW 63 

1. Count to ten. 

2. Give the present tense of the verb avoir. 
3< Give same in the negative form. 

4. Which of the following forms are incorrect? De les, 

de la, de P, de le? 

5. Name seven possessive adjectives in English. 

6. Give the French possessive adjectives in all their 

forms. 

7. What possessive adjective are you to be cautious 

in using? 

8. Say "my (lady) friend". 

9. Possessive adjectives agree with their nouns in 

? (Fill in blanks). 

10. Give present tense of verb etre. 

1 1 . Give present tense oi verb etre with ne . . . . pas. 

12. Give French words for as many members of the 

family as you can. 

13. Write these two sentences: (a) He has some bread. 

(b) fie has not any bread. What effect does 
the negative have in this construction? 

14. What are three ways of asking a question in French ? 

15. Say: "Is the window open?" in each of these three 

ways. 

16. What is the difference between II y a and Voila? 

17. How do you say: "I am hungry"? Name six other 

expressions which have the same peculiar idiom. 
(In writing your answers, you will find it valuable 
training to make a point of writing legibly and neatly 
under all circumstances. Give your answers in clear, 
correct English, where English is required. Leave a 
clean margin at the left hand side of the page, and do 
not crowd your answers. Good form makes for clear 
accurate thinking.) 



64 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



LESSON XIII 

PRESENT TENSE OF REGULAR VERBS OF THE 
FIRST CONJUGATION 

THE VERB parler, to speak 
je parle [zhuh pari] I speak, I am speaking, I do speak, 
tu paries [tee pari] you speak, you are speaking, you do 

speak. 
il parle [eel pari] he speaks, he is speaking, he does 

speak. 
nous parlons [noo par-lon(k)] we speak, we are speak- 
ing, we do speak. 
vous parlez [voo par-lay] you speak, you are speaking, 

you do speak. 
ils parlent [eel pari] they speak, they are speaking, 
they do speak. 
Notice the three meanings for each form of the verb. 
Write or give the forms of the verb in the negative: 
je ne parle pas — I speak not, I do not speak, I am not 
speaking, etc. 

Remember that tu paries is to be avoided. Use 
vous parlez instead. 

In verbs the ending -ent in the third person plural 
is always silent, though the final t may be carried over, 
by liaison, §53, to the initial vowel of the next word — 
parlent-ils [parl-teel] 

Verbs in the list below are conjugated like parler. 
In this list the infinitive form is given. We speak in 
English of the verb "be or "to be". So in most 
languages it is found convenient to refer to a verb by 
its infinitive form. The infinitive parler means "to 
speak", avoir "to have," etre "to be" , donner "to give". 



PRESENT OF REGULAR VERBS — FIRST CONJUGATION 65 



etc. In English the "ifo" — sometimes called the sign of 
the infinitive — is not always expressed. 



to give 

to hunt for 

to find 

to arrive 

to carry 

to bring 

to ascend, get into 

to look at 

to listen (to) 

to work 

to smoke 

to dine 

to show 



donner [dun-nay] 

chercher [shair-shay] 

trouver [troo-vay] 

arriver [ah-ree-vay] 

porter [por-tay] 

apporter [ahp-por-tay] 

monter [moan-tay] 

regarder [ruh-gar-day] 

ecouter [ay-koo-tay] 

ttravailler [trah-vye-ay] 

fumer [fee-may] 

diner [dee-nay] 

montrer [moan-tray] 

VERB DRILL 
Give French forms for the English verbs. 
je parle il parle ils parlent 

I give he is bringing they show 

I do not hunt for he ascends they do not look at 

I am finding he does not show they do not hear 

I do not arrive he looks at they are working 

I carry he doesn't listen they smoke 

Notice that the forms with je, il, and ils are pro- 
nounced alike in regular verbs. Query. — How can one 
tell the difference in pronunciation between il parle 
and ils parlent? Answer. — One can't. 
nous parlons vous parlez parle-t-il ? parlent-ils ? 

we do not work you find does he arrive ? 

do you arrive ? do they arrive ? 

you do not carry does she arrive ? 
you are getting into do they arrive? 



we smoke 
we are dining 
do we hunt for? 



66 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Learn the following pronouns: 

le — it, he (only with void, voila); him, it. 
la — it, she (only with void, voila); her, it. 
les — they (only with void, voila); them. 
me — I (only with void, voila) ; me. 

nous — we (use anywhere) us. 

vous — you (use anywhere) . 
These are all object pronouns. Nous and vous are 
spelled the same when used as subject pronouns as when 
used as object pronouns. The other four can never be 
subjects. 

Read the following sentences, giving particular at- 
tention to the pronouns: — 

Ou est le livre? Ou est-elle? 

Le voici! La voici! 

Ou etes-vous? Ou sont-ils? 

Me voici! Les voici! 

Ou etes-vous? Ou sont-elles? 

Nous voici! Les voici! 

Ou est mon fils ? 

Le voila — dans le jardin! Nous l'appelons. 

Ou sont les enfants, madame? 

Les voila — dans la chambre! Je les appelle. 

Ou est la couverture ? Ou sont les legumes ? 

Je l'apporte, madame. Je les apporte. 

You must know verbs. 

Write every exercise on verbs with the greatest care. 
Form the habit of correcting your work patiently when- 
ever the correct forms are given you in the Appendix. 
Then grade yourself. If you have not made at least eighty 
per cent, do the exercise again the next night. Do not 
leave any exercise until you have proved yourself able 



PRESENT OF REGULAR VERBS — FIRST CONJUGATION 67 



to write it easily, rapidly, and with at least eighty per 
cent accuracy when strictly graded. Do not excuse your- 
self for the least mistake in spelling, or carelessness in 
the matter of accent. 

In this case not only are the correct forms of these 
verbs given in the Appendix, but the proper pronun- 
ciation as well. Pronounce this list of fifty verbs three 
times at each study period for five successive periods. 
If you get restless at this patient grinding, remember 
that no honest man ever pretended that it was possible 
to learn a language over a week-end. It is slow work. 
If you play fair, however, you can do it. 



1. 


She gives 


22. 


Do the}' smoke 


2. 


We work 


23. 


He dines 


3. 


Has he 


24. 


We do not give 


4. 


You arrive 


25. 


Do you dine 


5. 


He does not seek 


26. 


Have I 


6. 


They are 


27. 


To seek 


7. 


They have 


28. 


Does he not smoke 


8. 


Does she not speak 


29. 


Does he find 


9. 


She listens 


30. 


Are they listening 


10. 


We do not find 


31. 


Is she seeking 


11. 


They arrive 


32. 


You find 


12. 


You do not carry 


33. 


Ami 


13. 


We look at 


34. 


To be 


14. 


He speaks 


35. 


Do they show 


15. 


She does not bring 


36. 


We are finding 


16. 


He smokes 


37. 


You hunt for 


17. 


Does he ascend 


38. 


He is not listening 


18. 


He does not look at 


39. 


They show 


19. 


We listen 


40. 


I am working 


20. 


We bring 


41. 


They give 


21. 


They do not work 


42. 


They are arriving 



68 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 


43. You show 




47. Are we 


carrying 


44. He is carryi 


ng 


48. She is 


not giving 


45. They are bringing 


49. To have 


46. Do you not work 


50. Are they not dining 




LESSON XIV 






PRONOUNS 




Used as subject 


Used as 


object Used < 


is indirect object 


je-I 


me (moi) 


me me 


to me 


tu — you 


te (toi) 


you te 


to you 


il — it, he 


le 


it, him lui 


to him, to it 


elle — it, she 


la (lui) 


it, her lui 


toit, to her 


nous — we 


nous 


us nous 


to us 


vous — you 


vous 


you vous 


to you 


ils — they (w.) les 


them leur 


to them 


elles — they(/.) 


les 


them leur 


to them 



I give money to the girl. 
I give the girl money. 

The verb give takes two objects, the thing given (the 
direct object), and the person to whom the thing is given 
(the indirect object). As you see in the examples, it is 
not necessary with indirect objects to express the to. 
Nor is it true that every time you have the preposition 
to in a sentence, the sentence contains an indirect object. 

Among the verbs that commonly take indirect objects 
are give, tell, say, report, buy, sell. 

Position of pronouns: All the pronouns given above 
usually come before the verb. (Exceptions will be noted.) 
In a sentence containing more than one of these pro- 
nouns, put me, nous, vous before le, la, les; put me, 
nous, vous, le, la, les before lui, leur. 



PRONOUNS 



69 



A knowledge of the correct position comes largely 
through reading numberless French sentences in which 
the order is correct, imitating these sentences patiently 
in any French you write yourself, and reading French 
aloud until you get the sing-song of the sentence, and 
the incorrect order "sounds wrong." 

In studying the following word-list, remember the 
suggestion given in an early lesson: connect the words 
with actual things. For practice, go through the 
list, giving each word with the indefinite article, then 
with a possessive adjective, and when possible put a 
descriptive adjective with each. Then give the plural 
form of each, then put before each a numeral adjective 
(if the meaning of the word permits). Then put "some" 
before each word, and express it in French. If you do 
'this, some of the words will be singular, some plural: 
for instance you will say des crayons [day kray-on(k)], 
but du papier [dee pahp-yay]. 





VOCABULARY 




le crayon 


[kray-on(k)] 


pencil 


le papier 


[pahp-yay] 


paper 


la montre 


[mon-tr] 


watch 


le canif 


[kah-neef] 


pocket knife 


la pipe 


[peep] 


pipe 


la lettre 


[lett-tr] 


letter 


la plume 


[pleem] 


pen 


Pargent m. 


[ahr zhahn] 


money 


je peux 


[zhuh puh] 


I can 


le journal 


[zhoor-nall] 


newspaper 


les journaux 


[zhoor-no] 


newspapers 


Pallumette /. 


[al-lee-mett] 


match 



70 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

le tabac [tah-bahk] tobacco 

le cigare [see-garr] cigar 

le timbre (-poste) [tam-br-pust] (postage) stamp 

a qui [ah kee] to whom 

que voulez-vous ? [kuh voo-lay-voo] what do you wish? 

je veux [zhuh vuh] I wish 

Translate : — 
Que voulez-vous, monsieur? 
Des timbres-poste. 

Combien de timbres-poste voulez-vous, monsieur? 
Dix, s'il vous plait. — Avez-vous du tabac? 
Non, monsieur, je n'ai pas de tabac, mais j'ai des bons 

cigares. 
Merci, je ne peux pas fumer des cigares. Avez-vous 

- des journaux? 
Oui, monsieur. Le Mating Levoici! Merci, monsieur. 
Voici le journal! Je vous le donne. 
Voici des allumettes! je les leur donne. 
Voici le canif! II me le donne. 
Voici de Targent! Nous vous le donnons. 
Voici du papier et de l'encre. — II nous les donne. 
Voici des plumes. — Elle les leur donne. 
Vous avez un tres joli crayon. — Je vous le donne. 
Ou sont les lettres? — Je les ai dans la chambre. 
A qui donnez-vous les cigares? — Je les lui donne. 
A qui donne-t-il la photographie de sa mere? — II me 

la donne. 
A qui donnent-elles les lettres? — Elles me les donnent. 
Je leur donne de Targent. 
lis me donnent du pain. 
La femme nous donne du vin. 
Nous lui donnons de Targent. 



IMPERATIVE FORMS 71 

LESSON XV 
IMPERATIVE FORMS 
The following are the imperative forms of the verb: 
donne [dunn] give! 
donnons [dunn-on(k)]letusgive!donnez [dunn-nay] give! 
Do not use donne. You will see it in stories. 
Learn thoroughly the following phrases containing 
combinations of imperatives and pronouns. Use them 
as models when you are writing similar forms. Model 
phrases and sentences are your best guide in studying 
French. 

Indirect Objects. 
Donnez-moi Give me! 

Donnez-lui Give him (or her) ! 

Donnez-nous Give us! 
Donnez-leur Give them! 

Direct Objects. 
Donnez-le Give it (to someone) ! 

Donnez-la Give it! 

Donnez-les Give them! 

Both Direct and Indirect. 
Donnez-le-moi Give it to me! 
Donnez-le-lui Give it to him (or her)! 
Donnez-le-nous Give it to us! 
Donnez-le-leur Give it to them! 
Indirect pronoun object and direct noun object, 
negative introduced. 
Ne me donnez pas d'argent Don't give me any money! 
Ne lui donnez pas d'argent Don't give him any money! 
Ne nous donnez pas d'argent Don't give us any money! 
Ne leur donnez pas d'argent Don't give them any money! 



72 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

You will notice that: 

With the imperative, the object-pronouns (whether 
direct or indirect) come after instead of before the verb; 
and are joined to the verb by hyphens. 

Exception. — If the negative is used, the object-pro- 
noun is put before the verb. 

With the affirmative imperative the object-pronouns 
me and te, when they follow the verb, have the forms 
moi and toi. Moi and toi are also used as the objects 
of prepositions. 

EXAMPLES 
Defendez-moi [day-fahn-day-mwah] protect me! (We 

would expect me). 
Sauve-toi [sove-twah] save yourself! (We would expect 

te). 
Ne me defendez pas do not defend me! 
Ne te sauve pas do not save yourself! 

Write in French: 

1. Hunt for the woman. 

2. Look! The window is open. 

3. Show me the room. 

4. Let's listen. 

5. Do not listen. 

6. Look at the sick baby. 

7. I am giving her some milk. 

8. Do not give her any milk. 

9. Have you any vegetables? 

10. There are green peas. 

11. Give me some peas. 

12. Where is youi mother? (Put in the courteous 
madame before "yo ur mother".) 

13. Is your mother in the house? (Say in three ways.) 

14. Yes, mademoiselle, I am calling her. 



PRESENT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERB aller 73 

15. Do not call her, please. 

16. I wish to speak to you. 

17. Let's not speak to him. 

18. Bring me some water, please. 

19. What do you want? Warm water? 

20. I cannot find my mother. 

21. Show me your house. 

22. Let's eat dinner. 

23. Let's not smoke. 

24. I am hungry. 

25. You are right. I want to eat dinner here. 

(See Appendix.) 



LESSON XVI 
PRESENT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERB aller, to go 
je vais [zhuh vay] I go, am going 

tuvas [tuvah] you go, etc. 

ilva [eelvah] he goes, etc. 

nous allons [noo zal-lon(k) §53] we go, we are going 
vous allez [voo zal-lay] you go, etc. 

ils vont [eelvon(k)] • they go, etc. 

va go! 

Imperative allons let us go 

allez go! 
The preposition a means to, at, in. 

a le is incorrect ; say au [oh] 

a la is correct 

a V is correct 

a les is incorrect; say aux [oh] 

Aller is a very necessary verb. It occurs in many 
everyday expressions. An easy way to express future 



74 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

time is with aller:je vais chercher means "I am going 
to look for"; je vais fumer means "I am going to 
smoke"; etc. 

Learn thoroughly the following common expressions: 
Comment allez-vous [cum-mahn 

tal-lay voo]? How do you do? 

Je vais bien [zhuh vay bee-eh]. I am well. 
Tres bien [treh bee-eh §46]. Very well. 
Comment ca va [cum-mahn(k) How are you? "How 

sah vah]? goes it?"(informal) 

£a va bien [sah vah bee-eh]. Very well, "All right". 
Comment vous portez-vous [cum- 

mahn(k) voo por-tay voo]? How do you do? 
Je me porte bien [zhuh muh port 

bee-eh]. I am well. 

Comment va monsieur votre 

mari? [cum-mahn(k) vah 

muh-syuh voh-tr mah-ree] ? How is your husband ? 
II va bien [eel vah bee-eh]. He is well. 

Allez-vous en [al-lay- voo zahn(k)] Run along, go away. 

VOCABULARY 

show, the 



le cinema [see-nay-mah] 


moving-picture 




"movies" 


le bureau [bee-roh] 


office 


la rue [ree] 


street 


la rue Wilson 


Wilson Street 


le magasin [mah-gah-zan] 


store 


le restaurant [ruh-stoh- 




rahn(k)] 


restaurant 


la poste 


post-office 


l'hotel m. [oh-tell] 


hotel 


l'eglise/. [ay-gleez] 


church 


Yecolef. [ay-kole] 


school 



PRESENT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERB aller 75 

a moi [ah mwah] mine 

a droite [ah drwat] at the right 

a gauche [ah go-sh] at the left 

a Chicago [ah shee-kah-go] in Chicago 
en France in France 

EXERCISE 
Write in French : 
1 My husband goes to the office. 

2. My children go to school. 

3. My mother goes to church. 

4. My servant goes to the moving pictures. 

5. I am going to the shop. 

6. Let's go to the restaurant. 

7. They are going to the hotel. 

8. In Chicago we go to the movies. 

9. In France we go to the restaurants. 

10. In the United States we go to church. 

11. I am going to hunt for my cousin's house* 

12. The house is on (dans) Wilson Street. 

13. Go to the right, to Wilson Street. 

14. Where is the hotel? 

15. There is a hotel on Wilson Street. Go to the left. 

16. I am not going to look for it. 

17. Whose house is it? (To whom is the house?) 

18. It is mine. (It is to me.) 

19. Whose office is it? 

20. It is my brother's. 

Translate (Read aloud in French): 
Comment allez-vous, madame? 
Je vais bien, Marie. 

Et monsieur votre mari? Comment va-t-Il? 
II va bien, merci. Et vous, Marie? 
Tres bien, madame. Ou allez-vous? Au magasin? 



76 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Non, je vais a la poste. 

Vous avez des lettres? Moi aussi, je vais porter une 

lettre a la poste. Donnez-moi vos lettres, madame. 
C'est bien, Marie. Merci. Mais apportez-moi des 

lettres, s'il vous plait. 
Oui, madame. Que voulez-vous? Une, deux, trois — 

dix? 
Une bonne lettre, Marie. Allez-vous-en! 
Au revoir, madame. 



LESSON XVII. 

PRESENT TENSE OF voir [vwahr]— to see 

jevois [vwah] I see nous voyons [voy-on(k)] we see 

tuvois [vwah] you see vous voyez [voy-yay] you see 

il voit [vwah] he sees ils voient [vwah] they see 

Imperatives voyons let us see 



voyez 


see! 


Learn: 




ne . . . . rien [nuh ree-eh §46] 


nothing 


ne. . . .plus [nuh plee] 


no longer, not any more 


ne. . . .jamais [zhah-may] 


never 


ne . . . . personne [pair-sunne] 


no one, nobody 


ne. . . .que [nuh kuh] 


only 


ne . . . . ni . . . . ni [nuh .... nee^ 


neither .... nor 


pas du tout [pah dee too] 


not at all 


peu de [puh duh] 


little, few 


l'amour m. [ah-moor] 


love 


le nom [numm] 


name 


Je ne vois rien. I 


see nothing. 


Je ne vais plus a Peglise I do not go to church any 




more. 



PRESENT TENSE OF voir 77 

Je ne vous vois jamais I never see you. 
Je ne vois personne. I see nobody. 

Je ne vois que vous. I see only you. 

Read a number of times the examples given above. 
Then translate the sentences that follow. After you 
are sure that you have the correct meaning for them, 
and have decided upon a natural English translation 
for them, read the sentences aloud in French three 
or four times to train your ear to the proper order of 
words. 

EXERCISE 

1. Nous n'avons rien. 

2. Vous n'avez plus rien. 

3. Mademoiselle n'est plus la. 

4. Je ne suis personne. 

5. Mademoiselle n'est qu'une enfant. 

6. Personne ne va jamais la. 

7. Jamais il ne parle de vous. 

8. Personne ne vous donne d 'argent. 

9. II me donne de l'argent, mais il ne me donne que 

de Targent. 

10. Elle n'est qu'une petite Americaine. 

11. Le jeune homme n'a rien, ni nom ni fortune. 

12. Jamais l'amour n'est dans mon coeur. 

13. Elle ne donne que peu d'attention a vous. 

14. II n'y a rien. (Compare with il y a). 

15. II ne cherche plus a vous voir. 

16. II n'est plus malade. 

17. Je ne peux etre que votre amie. 

18. Mon frere n'est ni grand ni petit. 

19. II n'y a rien de plus aimable que (than) votre amie. 
20 II ne parle que de vous. 

21. II ne parle rien que de vous. 



78 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

22. Je ne peux plus vous voir. 

23. Ne parlons plus de votre amie. 

24. Dans toutes vos lettres il n'est question que de 

votre amie. 

25. Vous ne voyez jamais rien. 

After carefully studying the French sentences, write: 

1. Nobody smokes at church. 

2. We never dine at the restaurant. 

3. Do you never go to the movies? 

4. I am hunting a house, but I never find it. 

5. The man does not work any more. 

6. I hear only my mother. 

7. Do not look at me any more. 

8. They bring me only cold water. 

9. Nobody speaks English (anglais). 
10. We are hunting, but we find nothing. 



LESSON XVIII 
READING, VOCABULARY, PREPOSITIONS 
From this time on, French sentences will be given 
in which words are introduced that have not been given 
you in the word-lists. Either these words will be so 
nearly like the English words that their meaning is 
easily guessed, or they will be given in the general 
vocabulary in the back of the book. These words you 
will not be expected to use in your English sentences, 
but if you are especially keen on acquiring a vocabulary 
rapidly, you may, of course, list them as you meet them, 
and learn them. 

VOCABULARY 
le train [tran(k) ; a as in ran] train 



READING, VOCABULARY, PREPOSITIONS 



?y 



l'heure/. 


[urr] 


hour 


le soldat 


[sol-dah] 


soldier 


le village 


[veel-lazh] 


village 


la route 


[root] 


road, route 


la boue 


Jboo] 


mud 


les gens m 


. [zhahn(k)] 


people; servants 


marcher 


[mar-shay] 


to walk, march 


aimer 


[ay-may] 


to like, love 


qui 


[kee] 


who 


bien 


[bee-eh §46] 


well, very, to be sure, really 


ce 


[suh] 


he, she, it, they, this, that 


dernier m. 


[dair-nyay] 


last 


derniere/. 


[dair-nyair] 


* 


brave 


[brahv] 


good, worthy 


plus 


[plee] 


more 



Study the following sentences until you understand 
what they mean: 
Voila les soldats, musique en tete! Ce sont les deux 

regiments de la brigade. 
Qui est le grand homme avec la medaille militaire sur 

la poi trine? 
C'est le general de notre brigade. 
II me donne une immense impression de force. 
Voila les dix canons boches captures dans les derniers 

combats. 
Les soldats sont fatigues, n'est-ce pas? 
Oui, il y a un ennemi terrible, bien plus terrible que 

(than) les Boches, — la boue. 
Les soldats marchent avec beaucoup d 'effort. 
Us sont fatigues dans tout le corps. Une marche regu- 

liere est impossible dans la boue. lis ont froid. 



80 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

lis arrivent ici, a notre grande surprise, au bout de {at 
the end of) trois heures de marche — ace village en 
ruines, lamentable fantome de village! 

Voila un soldat avec une pipe a la bouche. 

Les femmes leur donnent du pain et du chocolat, et du 
cafe chaud. Ont-ils faim? 

lis ont toujours faim, et ils ont bien soif. Je connais 
(know) les soldats. Je les aime bien, car ils sont 
de braves gens. Je connais leurs petites affaires 
de cceur ou de famille. Ils me montrent des photo- 
graphies de la famille. Je commence a etre leur ami. 

PREPOSITIONS 
The correct use of prepositions is difficult in any 
language. If you have known people to whom English 
is a "foreign language", you must have noticed how 
often, even after they speak English with ease, they will 
continue to make blunders in their use of prepositions. 
— You should have no trouble with prepositions in 
translating from French to English. Exercises like the 
following may guide you somewhat in translating from 
English to French: 

Use dans [dahn(k)]: Use en [ahn(k)]: 

In a room of the house In France(omit article) 

In one of the streets of the village In Champagne a " 

In my father's small house A t the head " " 

On the train In his heart 

In the large hotels of Paris (Faith) in his wife 
In books (do not omit the article) 

Use a: 

At Paris Use par [parr]: 

On the men's legs By means of a door 

On the lips of the children By means of the books 



PRESENT TENSE OF VERB venir 



At the right, at the left (omit 

article) 
To my mother 

Use sur [seer]: 
On the table 

On his head (Do you say his?) 
Along the road 
On the chair 



By means of the hands 
of the women of 
France 
Use pour [poor] 

For France (use la) 

For the children 

For the two sisters 

For the church 



Useavec [ah-veck]: 
With my men 

With a pipe in (a) his (use def. article) mouth 
With my friends 
With me (me or moi?) 



LESSON XIX 
PRESENT TENSE OF VERB venir— to come 
je viens [vee-eh §46] I come 
tu viens [vee-eh] you come 

il vient [vee-eh] he comes 

nousvenons [venn-on(k)] we come 
vousvenez [venn-nay] you come 

ilsviennent [vee-enn] they come 

Imperatives', viens, venons, venez 



la salle 

la salle a manger 

la chambre (a coucher) 

la salle de bains 

la cuisine 

la piece 

la cheminee 



living-room, hall 

dining-room 

bedroom 

bathroom 

kitchen 

room 

fire-place 



82 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

le meuble furniture 

le garage garage 

au rez-de-chaussee on the ground floor 

en haut upstairs 

au premier on the second floor 

venir come 

entrer go into, enter, come in 

derriere behind 

devant before 

content, contente pleased, satisfied 

tout le monde everybody 

ce (cet) m. cette/. ces pi. this, that, these, those 

Unless otherwise stated verbs are conjugated like 
donner. 

EXERCISES 
Translate : 

Bonjour, monsieur. Je viens chercher une maison pour 

ma soeur. 
Que voulez-vous, une grande maison? 
Non. Ma soeur a deux enfants. Elle n'a qu'une ser- 

vante. Je veux une petite maison, dans une belle 

rue, avec un joli jardin. 
Oui, monsieur. Venez avec moi, s'il vous plait. Voici 

mon automobile. — Eh bien, nous arrivons. Voici 

une belle maison! II y a un jardin et un garage. 

Tout le monde trouve cette maison charmante. 
Combien de pieces y-a-t-il? 
II y a huit pieces, — la grande salle, la salle a manger, 

et la cuisine au rez-de-chaussee, et quatre chambres 

pas grandes en haut. II y a aussi une salle de 

bains. 
Comment! Une salle de bains! 



PRESENT TENSE OF vouloir, pouvoir, savoir 83 

Oui, monsieur. La maison a des meubles simples mais 
admirables, et elle est tres propre. Entrons dans 
la salle, monsieur. Voila la cheminee, et voila les 
fenetres. La salle a quatre fenetres. II y a deux 
fenetres dans toutes les chambres. Voyez-vous, 
monsieur, vous avez tort de refuser cette maison. 
Entrons dans la salle a manger. Elle est charmant, 
n'est-ce pas? Et voici la cuisine — petite, mais 
avec des arrangements excellents. Derriere la mai- 
son vous voyez le jardin. Le jardin, la maison, 
tout est charmant. Regardez l'arbre devant la 
porte. C'est beau, n'est-ce pas? 

Oui, tres beau. Merci, monsieur. Je suis content. 

Answer the following questions in French: 

1. How many rooms in your house? 

2. On what floor is the kitchen? 

3. On what floor are the bedrooms? 

4. Where is the garage? 

5. Have you a garden? 

6. Are there trees in your garden? 

7. Have you a fireplace? 

8. In what room is the fireplace? 

9. Is the bathroom on the ground floor, or upstairs? 
10. How many windows in the dining-room? 



LESSON XX 
PRESENT TENSE OF vouloir, pouvoir, savoir 

vouloir — to wish 

je veux [vuh] I wish 

tu veux [vuh] you wish 

il veut [vuh] he wishes 



84 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

nous voulons [voo-lon(k) ] we wish 

vous voulez [voo-lay] you wish 

ils veulent [vull] they wish 

pouvoir — to be able 

je peux (or [puh or I am able 

puis) pwee] 

tu peux [puh] you are able 

il peut [puh] he is able 

nouspouvons [poo-von(k) ] we are able 

vous pouvez [poo-vay] you are able 

ils peuvent [puw] they are able 

savoir — to know 

je sais [say] I know 

tu sais [say] you know 

il sait [say] he knows 

nous savons [sah-von(k)] we know 

vous savez [sah-vay] you know 

ils savent [saw] they know 

Give the infinitives of the following verbs: 

1 have 6 arrive 11 work 16 see 

2 be 7 carry 12 smoke 17 march, walk 

3 give 8 bring 13 dine 18 come 

4 look for 9 look at 14 show 19 speak 

5 find 10 listen to 15 go, 20 go into 

Do not put an adverb between the subject and the 
verb. 

Learn the following list of adverbs: 
maintenant now 
aujourd'hui today 
encore again, still 

quelquefois sometimes 
souvent often 



toujours 


always 


trop 


too, too much 


vite 


quickly, rapidly 


lentement 


slowly 


tard 


late 



PRESENT TENSE OF vouloir, pouvoir, savoir 



85 



assez (de) enough enfin finally 

deja already eh bien well then 

partout everywhere tout de suite at once 

surtout especially doucement softly, slowly 

alors then 

Write the following sentences with care, then correct 
by Appendix. Take three off for every mistake, and 
see how carefully you have learned your lessons up to 
this time. If you make more than ten mistakes, look 
at each mistake, to see what it is you are weak on, then 
tear up the paper and write the exercise again. 
EXERCISE 

1. They often come. 18. Are you eating again? 

2. I have enough meat. (Two ways) 

19. Sometimes I see him. 

20. Show me the letter again. 

21. I am going to smoke 



3. He is already in Paris. 

4. Children are every- 
where. 

5. Bring me some water 
at once. 

6. You speak too rap- 

idly. 

7. We work* sometimes. 
8! He never works. 

9. You cannot smoke 
here. 

10. They always work. 

11. We dine too late. 

12. Well then, let's go. 

13. Where are we now ? 

14. He arrives today. 

15. They walk slowly. 

16. Speak slowly, please. 

17. You walk too rapidly. 



now. 

22. Listen to your mother, 
my son. 

23. Here are the children. 
Look especially at the 
little girl. 

24. Carry the book to my 

room. 

25. Hunt the child's mother. 

26. I cannot find her. 

27. Go on! Find the woman. 

28. I am going to look for 

her. 

29. He always arrives very 

iate. 



86 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

30. He is going to give me 36. I do not know where it 
some money. is (not where is it). 

31. You have money 37. Do you want to come 

enough. with me? 

32. Let us go into the house 38. He cannot dine with you 
now. often. 

33. We see the woman at 39. He lives on Wilson Street 

(a) the window. now. 

34. He can't eat meat. 40. He is sometimes cold, 

35. Do you know where the and often hungry, 
house is (where is the 41. I am not always right, 
house) ? 42. You are not often wrong. 



LESSON XXI 
PRESENT TENSE OF manger AND boire 
manger — to eat 
je mange I eat nous mangeons we eat 

tu manges you eat vous mangez you eat 

il mange he eats ils mangent they eat 

The first three and the last verb-forms are pro- 
nounced alike — [mahn-zh]. 
Imperative mangeons [manzh'on(k)] let us eat 
mangez eat 

boire — to drink 
je bois [bwah] I drink 

tu bois [bwah] you drink 

il boit [bwah] he drnks 

nous buvons [bee-von(k)] we drink 
vous buvez [bee-vay] you drink 
ils boivent [bwah-v] they drink 
Imperative buvons, buvez 



PRESENT TEXSE OF manger AXD boire 



37 



chez moi 



chez nous 



chez lui, chez elle, 

chez eux, chez elles 
chez mon pere 
chez les Brown 
chez qui 



PREPOSITION chez 

at my house, to my house, at my 

office, in my room, at home (my 

home) 

at our house, to our house, in our 

country, among our people, 

"with us" 

used in same way as chez moi, 

chez nous 
at my father's house, at father's 
at Browns' 
at whose house 



le dejeuner 
le diner 
le souper 
dejeuner 

le menu 

commander 

desirer 

le verre 

la tasse 

la demi-tasse 



VOCABULARY 
breakfast, lunch lepotage 
dinner le hors 

supper d'ceuvre 

to have lunch lepoisson 
to have breakfast le roti 
menu, bill of fare le boeuf 



order 

wish 

glass 

cup 

small cup (used 
for after din- 
ner coffee) 
que how 

queldommage! what a shame! 
too bad! 



cafe noir 
cafe au lait 

le garcon 



black coffee 
coffee with hot 

milk 
waiter 



(thick)soup 

relish 

fish 

roast 

beef 

le rosbif roast beef 
le gigot leg of lamb 

le veau veal 

le jambon ham 
le jus gravy 

le poulet chicken 
le canard duck 
la salade lettuce, 

salad 
la glace ice, ice- 
cream 
le dessert dessert 
les bonbons bonbons 
le morceau piece, lump 
(of sugar) 



88 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Write: 

1. At home we never drink wine. 

2. The children drink neither tea nor coffee. 

3. They drink milk only. 

4. My brother is not well. 

5. He never eats meat. 

6. I am hungry. Let's eat now. 

7. Bring me a glass of water, please. I am very 

thirsty. 

8. I am going to look for some milk for the children. 

9. Here is the menu for (de) your dinner. 

10. I want to eat dinner (do not use manger) with you 

at the restaurant. 

11. Dine with me at my house. 

12. I see the women in their home. 

13. At whose house are you dining today? 

14. I am dining with some friends at the Whites'. 

15. I am coming from your house. 

Translate : 

A L'HOPITAL 

Allez-vous-en, Jean! Et je ne peux pas boire que de 
l'eau. De l'eau! Qui veut de l'eau? J'ai bien faim. 
Chez nous ils dinent maintenant, et ils dinent bien chez 
nous. Voulez-vous savoir le menu, Jean? De la soupe, 
voyez-vous, Jean, du potage! Et des hors d'ceuvres. 
J 'adore les hors d'ceuvres! Nous mangeons maintenant 
un peu de poulet ou de canard. Voulez-vous du pois- 
son, Jean? Qu'est-ce que vous commandez? Ni du 
poulet^ni du poisson? Quel dommage! Mais desirez- 
vous du jambon — ou du veau — ou voulez-vous du 
rosbif? Vous n'avez pas faim? Garcon, apportez du 

lait pour Monsieur du lait chaud! Moi je veux 

du rosbif, rosbif au jus, avec legumes, et de la salade, 



NUMERALS 89 

et puis un dessert — de la glace avec des bonbons. 
Apres le dessert, du cafe noir. Une demi-tasse? Pas 
du tout, garcon! Une tasse, s'il vous plait, une grande 
tasse. Je fume maintenant — dix cigares! Apportez- 
moi aussi un petit verre de benedictine. 

Oh, que je suis malade! Donne-moi une cigarette, 
et va-t-en! 



LESSON XXII 
NUMERALS 
In Lesson VTtyou learned to count to twelve. The 
other numbers which are in ordinary use are given below. 
It is not absolutely necessary that you learn these thor- 
oughly before you go on to the next lesson, but it is 
desirable that you study them with care, get the general 
idea of the way the French form numerals, and refer to 
them patiently as they occur in later lessons until you 
do really know them. 

CARDINAL NUMBERS FROM THIRTEEN 

13 treize [trays] 30 trente [trahnt] 

14 quatorze [kah-torz] 31 — 39 learn from 21 etc. 

15 quinze [cans] 40 quarante [kah-rahnt] 

16 seize [saze] 50 cinquante [sank-ahnt] 

17 dix-sept [deess-sett] 60 soixante [swah-zahnt] 

18 dix-huit [deez-weet] 70 soixante-dix [-deess] 

19 dix-neuf [deez-nuff] 71 soixante-onze 

20 vingt [-ngt silent, i 72 soixante-douze 

like a in ant] 80 quatre-vingts [-ngts 

21 vingt et un or silent] 

21 vingt et une 81 quatre-vingt-un or 

22 vingt-deux 81 quatre-vingt-une 

23 vingt-trois 82 quatre-vingt-deux 



90 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

90 quatre-vingt-dix 

91 quatre-vingt-onze 

99 quatre-vingt-dix-neuf 

100 cent [-nt silent, rhymes with hah! pronounced sharply] 

one hundred cent, a hundred cent, (Notice omission 
of article in French) 

101 cent un or 

101 cent une 

102 cent deux 

200 deux cents 

201 deux cent un 
301 trois cent un 

999 neuf cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf 

lOOOmille [meal] sometimes mil 

1001 mille un 

1492 quatorze cent quatre-vingt-douze 

1620 seize cent vingt 

1776 dix-sept cent soixante- seize 

1789 dix-sept cent quatre-vingt-neuf 

1861 dix-huit cent soixante et un 

1900 dix-neuf cents 

1919 dix-neuf cent dix-neuf 

1921 dix-neuf cent vingt et un 

Exercise, Write the following numbers in French 
in full. Then close your book, and translate what you 
have written into figures. Then compare the figures 
you have written with the list in the book. 

1, 2, 4, 9, 14, 17, 21, 29, 31, 37, 42, 46, 52, 63 y 74, 

80, 85, 89, 90, 92, 98, 99, 100, 101, 1763, 1789, 1812, 

1845, 1875, 1914, 1920, 1918, 1917, 1916. 

VOCABULARY 

la minute minute age, agee old 

Theure /. hour l'age m. age 



NUMERALS 



91 



le jour day 

la semaine week 
le mois month 
l'an m. year 
l'annee /. year 



le kilometre kilometer 

au bout de after, at the end of 

depuis since, for 

pendant during 

rester to stay 



Study carefully the following sentences: 
Quel age avez-vous? 
J'ai quatorze ans. 



Un fils age de quatorze ans 
Une jeune fille agee de 

quinze ans 
A dix ans 

Un homme de trente ans 
Tous les ans 
II y a trois ans 



How old are you? 

I am fourteen years old, I 

am fourteen 
A son fourteen years old 
A young girl fifteen years 

old 
At the age of ten 
A man of thirty • 
Every year 
Three years ago 

Notice especially that the French say "What age 
have you" ; that the word year is not omitted; that il y a, 
with expressions of time means "ago". (What has 
il y a meant up to this time?) 

EXERCISE 
Write in French, and correct by Appendix: 

1. A boy twelve years old. 9. He was here ten days 

2. A girl of twelve. 

3. At forty. 

4. A man of twenty. 

5. He is forty-nine. 

6. The train arrives every 

day. 

7. Eighty-nine years old. 

8. At the age of seventy- 
one. 



ago. 

10. He is seventy-eight. 

11. Stay for five minutes. 

12. An hour ago. 

13. Two months ago. 

14. After ten days. 

15. A week ago. 

16. After six weeks. 

17. How old is your uncle? 



92 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

18. He is seventy-seven 23. How old am I? 
years old. 24. After fifteen days he 

19. How old are you? was sick. 

20. How old is she? 25. He is here every day. 

21. I have been (suis) here 26. I am only twelve years 
for six months. old. 

22. Stay at home for five 27. There are seven days 

minutes. in a week. 



LESSON XXIII 
PRESENT TENSE OF partir, dire, faire, ecrire 

partir — dire— faire — ecrire — 

to leave to say, to do, make to write 

jepars] je dis] jefais] j'ecris ] 'jj' 

tu pars [ [parr] tu dis [-[dee] tu f ais f [fay] tu ecris }• & 
il pars; il dit j il fait j il ecrit J j£ 

nous partons nous disons nous f aisons nous ecrivons 
vous partez vous dites vous faites vous ecrivez 
ils partent ils disent ils font ils •ecrivent 

It has not been considered necessary to give the mean- 
ings of each form of the present tense of the verb here- 
after. By this time you know them. 

EXERCISE 
Review sentences (For correct sentences see Appendix) 

1. He does not know any more where he is. 

2. You are going to see if (si) I am not hungry. 

3. Am I not right in thinking (de penser) that you 

are my friend? 

4. You are right in thinking it. 



PRESENT PERFECT TENSE 93 

5. We do not want to see anybody. 

6. Do not go too fast, sir. 

7. Do you know how much money I am going to give? 

8. Well, how is your son? 

9. He is well. Only (seulement) he says there are 

no cigars in France. 

10. Poor boy! Here are cigars. I am giving them to 

you for your boy. 

11. You are certainly (bien) your father's son. 

12. I am going to dine at your house with your mother. 

13. Let's stay, will you? 

14. Stay there. 

15. Don't say anything. 

16. Listen to me carefully. 

17. I am listening (to you). 

18. I ask nothing of you. 

19. I do not want to know anything. 

20. Well, for my part (moi) , I want to tell everything. 

21. I am wrong to (de) tell you everything. 

22. They know what (ce que) I am going to do. 

23. Let's go see them, will you? 

24. In one hour he is going to leave. 

25. You know it very well. 

26. Yes, I know it. 

27. I am wrong to speak of (de) myself. 

28. If you love me, I too love you. 



LESSON XXIV 
PRESENT PERFECT TENSE 
donner 
j'ai donne I gave, I have given 

tu as donne you gave, you have given 

il a donne he gave, he has given 



94 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



nous avons donne we gave, we have given 
vous avez donne you gave, you have given 
ils ont donne they gave, they have given 

Past time, in conversation, is expressed by an auxil- 
iary verb (avoir usually, etre less often), and the past 
participle of the verb. You may call this tense the 
present perfect. 

In this lesson only verbs having the auxiliary avoir 
are used. When a verb has the auxiliary etre, you will 
be informed of the fact. Use avoir unless otherwise 
directed. 

Some things it is possible to slight, and still make 
considerable headway in the language. Verbs cannot 
be slighted. Study verbs with the utmost care, read 
and reread the French sentences with particular attention 
to the verbs. Learn your forms sc that you have not 
the least hesitation when you need to use one. 

List of verbs used in preceding lessons. 



Infinitives 


Past 


Participles 


donner 


to give 


donne 


given 


chercher 


to hunt for 


cherche 


hunted for 


trouver 


to find 


trouve 


found 


porter 


to carry 




carried 


apporter 


to bring 




brought 


monter 


to go up 




gone up 


regarder 


to look at 




looked at 


ecouter 


to listen to 




listened to 


travailler 


to work 


o 


worked 


fumer 


to smoke 




smoked 


diner 


to dine 




dined 


montrer 


to point out 


pointed out 


parler 


to speak 


O 


spoken 


aimer 


to like, love 


<*-. 


liked, loved 



PRESENT PERFECT TENSE 



95 



marcher 


to walk, march 


w 


walked, marched 


manger 


to eat 


5 


eaten 


dejeuner 


to eat breakfast 


O 

T3 


eaten breakfast 


desirer 


to wish 




wished 


commander to order 


»»-< 


ordered 


voir 


to see 


vu 


seen 


vouloir 


to want, wish 


voulu 


wished 


pouvoir 


to be able 


pu 


been able 


savoir 


to know 


su 


known 


boire 


to drink 


bu 


drunk 


avoir 


to have 


eu 


had 


etre 


to be 


ete 


been 


dire 


to say 


dit 


said 


ecrire 


to write 


ecrit 


written 



EXERCISE 
Translate : 

1. Je n'ai pas trouve la lettre. 

2. J'ai apporte vos livres. 

3. J'ai ecrit beaucoup de lettres. 

4. Je n'ai pas voulu le dire. 

5. J'ai accepte avec grand plaisir. 

6. Notre voyage (trip) a ete long. 

7. Nous avons eu un long voyage. 

8. J'ai vu les beauy cheveux de la femme. 

9. Nous n'avons pas tout vu. 

10. Avez-vous parle de moi? 

11. Mon pere a eu tort. 

12. Non, il n'a pas eu tort; j'ai eu tort. 

13. Elle ne vous a pas vu. 

14. Nous lui avons parle de vous dans toutes nos lettres. 

15. Vous avez eu raison de venir. 



96 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

16. Ma sceur vous a ecrit. 

17. Elle ne m'a pas dit un mot. 

18. C'est vous qui m'avez ecrit. 

19. lis ont vu mon frere. 

20. Je n'ai jamais pu fumer. 

21. Garcon, je n'ai pas commande du vin. Je ne veux 

que de l'eau. 

22. Nous n'avons jamais bu du vin chez nous. 

23. J'ai dejeune il y a trois heures. 

24. Vous avez marche trop vite, n'est-ce pas? 

25. II n'a jamais mange du fromage. 

Give, for practice, in French the following expressions, 
using all three persons, both singular and plural: 

1. I have never seen, you have never seen etc. 

2. I love only you, you love only me, he loves only 

you, we love only her, you love only him, they 
love only me. 

3. I have spoken to nobody, you have spoken to 

nobody, etc. 

4. I did not write any more, you did not write any 

more, etc. 

• 5. I have written nothing etc. 

6. I did not have any money, etc. 

7. I have not drunk any wine, etc. 

8. Have I been able to do it (use est-ce)? 

9. I have not been ill, etc. 
10. Did I say it, etc. 



LESSON XXV 
VERBS THAT TAKE THE AUXILIARY etre 
Though the number of verbs that have etre as auxil- 
iary is not great, you will see from the verbs given below 



VERBS THAT TAKE THE AUXILIARY etre 



97 



that the list includes words in very common use. You 
must, therefore, study them carefully. 

Hereafter, unless the verb is absolutely regular (like 
parler) both infinitive and the past participle will be 
given in the vocabulary. Remember that unless other- 
wise stated the auxiliary is avoir. 

VOCABULARY 
Some verbs that have etre as auxiliary: 
Infinitives 
arriver to arrive 
entrer to go in 
rentrer to return 
rester to remain 
tomber to fall 
partir to leave, depart 
sortir to go out 

(present like partir) 
aUer to go 
venir to come 

(present has been given) 
mourir to die mort dead 

(present given below) 

PRESENT OF mourir 
je meurs ] nous mourons 

tu meurs )■ [murr] vous mourez 
il meurt J ils meurent 

Agreement of the Participle. A participle is a verbal 
adjective. Every past participle has endings like an 
adjective, to show gender and number. For instance, 
masc. sing, arrive, f 'em. sing, arrivee, masc. plur. arrives, 
fern. plur. arrivees. 

When the past participle is used with avoir to form 
the present perfect tense, it does not change in form 



Past 


Participles 


The present tense of these 


verbs is like the present of 


parler, and 


the past par- 


ticiple is formed the same: 


arrive, etc. 




parti 


left, departed 


sorti 


gone out 


alle 


gone 


venu 


come 



98 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

ordinarily. (One exception to this general rule will 
be given later.) 

When the past participle is used with etre to form the 
present perfect tense, as in the verbs listed above, the 
participle does change in form, agreeing in gender and 
number with the subject of the verb. 

Even with avoir, if the object comes before the verb, 
as is the case with some pronouns, the past participle 
then agrees with the object in gender and number. 
(This is the exception referred to above.) 

The endings of the participle are a little complex. 
If you are an ambitious and at the same time a con- 
scientious student you will learn the correct usage. You 
can do this by reading the rules just given very carefully, 
and then seeing how they apply in the French sentences, 
noticing every participle, looking to see whether it is 
used with avoir or etre, noticing whether it has an 
ending to denote gender or number, deciding with what 
it agrees. 

If you haven't the patience for this, it # will comfort 
you to know that these endings will never bother you 
in reading French, nor in speaking French, as the four 
forms of the participle are pronounced exactly the same. 
Even in writing French you would be understood if 
you were so careless as to leave off the endings. 
PRESENT PERFECT OF arriver 
je suis arrive I arrived, I have arrived 

tu es arrive you arrived, you have arrived 

il est arrive he arrived, he has arrived 

elle est arrivee she arrived, she has arrived 

nous sommes arrives we arrived, we have arrived 
vous etes arrives you arrived, you have arrived 

ils sont arrives 
elles sont arrivees 



f they arrived, they have arrived 



VERBS THAT TAKE THE AUXILIARY £tre 99 

EXERCISES 
Translate : 

1. L'homme est arrive. 

2. La femme est arrivee. 

3. La lettre est arrivee. 

4. Le lit est arrive. 

5. La femme dit: "Je suis venue, monsieur." 

6. Ma soeur n'est pas encore venue. 

7. Le jour est venu. 

8. Les lettres ne sont pas encore arrivees. 

9. lis sont partis. 

10. lis sont venus m'inviter a diner. 

11. Je suis sorti un moment. 

12. Je suis sortie un moment. 

13. Apres le souper je suis alle au cinema. 

14. II est venu voir ma mere. 

15. Nous sommes partis de la maison il y a trois heures, 

16. Je suis rentre tard. 

17. lis savent pourquoi {why) je suis venue. 

18. Nous sommes rentres chez nous aujourd'hui. 

19. Je suis alle faire visite a mes amis. 

20. II n'y a qu'un an que nous sommes partis. 

In the following sentences you may see how the par- 
ticiple with avoir agrees with the object, when the object 
precedes the participle: 

1. La femme est belle. Je l'ai vue chez ma mere. 

2. La femme dit: "II m'a vue souvent." 

3. II y a des jolies femmes en France. Je les ai vues. 

4. Ces jours sont les plus terribles que j'ai passes. 

(Participle agrees with que, which agrees with the 
word it refers to, jours.) 

5. J'ai vu les soldats. Je les ai regardes de la fenetre. 



100 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



LESSON XXVI 
REVIEW. VERB DRILL 



connaitre connu know 



je connais nous connaissons 
tu connais vous connaissez 



ecnre 



finir 



ils connaissent 
nous ecrivons 
vous ecrivez 
ils ecrivent 
nous finissons 
vous finissez 
ils finissent 
nous recevons 
vous recevez 
ils recoivent 
nous mettons 
vous mettez 
ils mettent 



il connait 
ecrit write j 'ecris 
tu ecris 
il ecrit 
fini finish je finis 
tu finis 
il finit 
recevoir recu receive je recois 

tu recois 
il recoit 
mettre mis put je mets 

tu mets 
il met 

Study all the forms of all the verbs you have had up 
to this time. 

EXERCISE 
They are dying of (de) hunger. 
I have seen the women. 
I have seen them (the women). 
The women have come. 
They do not wish to do it. 
Have you seen the house? 
I have never seen it (house). 
All the children read your books. 
My brother left today. 
The children have gone out. 
I am going to look for them. 
Stay here. 



1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

% 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 



ADJECTIVES 101 

13. They are going to return at once. 

14. The woman has died. 

15. He cannot see me. 

16. I have not been able to do it. 

17. He has been walking rapidly. 

18. I have put some money on the table. 

19. I have received the letters. 

20. I have received them (the letters). 

21. We know them. 

22. Hunt for the books. 

23. We have already found them. 

24. My sister has stayed here. 

25. He is not going to come. 

26. I have written lots of (beaucoup de) letters. 

27. Listen to the children. 

28. I am listening to them. 

29. Tell me what (ce que) you are doing. 

30. We saw the children. 

31. We saw them at (a) the window. 



LESSON XXVII 
ADJECTIVES 



Review 

grand, petit, joli, vrai, ouvert, rond, froid, chaud, 
content, bleu all form the feminine by adding -e, the 
plural by adding -s. 

sale, propre, malade, brave, are same in masculine 
and feminine. 

SINGULAR PLURAL 

Masc. Fern. Masc. Fern. 

beau, bel belle beaux beaux 

gros grosse gros grosses 



102 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



bon bonne bons bonnes 

tout toute tous toutes 

dernier derniere derniers dernieres 
Learn these adjectives thoroughly, in all their forms. 



SINGULAR 


PLURAL 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Masc. 


Fern. 




cher 


chere 


chers 


cheres 


dear, ex- 
pensive 


frais 


fraiche 


frais 


fraiches 


fresh, cool 


heureux 


heureuse 


heureux 


heureuses 


happy, 
fortunate 


malheureux etc. 






unfortu- 










nate 


nombreux 


nombreuse nombreux nombreuses 


5 numerous 


triste 


triste 


tristes 


tristes 


sad 


riche 


riche 


riches 


riches 


rich 


jeune 


jeune 


jeunes 


jeunes 


young 


vieux 


fvieille 


vieux 


fvieilles 


old 


gentil 


gentille 


gentils 


gentilles 


nice, 
pleasant 


rouge 


rouge 


rouges 


rouges 


red 


blanc 


blanche 


blancs 


blanches 


white 


noir 


(regular] 


) 




black 


vert 


(regular] 


) 




green 


fmeilleur 


(regular) 






better 


le fmeilleur 






the best 


mieux 


(adverb) 






better 


le mieux 


(adverb) 






best 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 
Study the following sentences until you understand 
the way the French express ideas of comparison, — 
beautiful, more beautiful, most beautiful, etc. 
II est le plus riche des deux — He is the richer of the two. 



ADJECTIVES 103 

II est le plus riche de tous — He is the richest of all. 
II est encore plus riche que l'annee derniere. — He is 

even richer than last year. 
II est aussi riche que son frere — He is as rich as his 

brother. 
II n'est pas aussi riche que son frere — He is not so rich 

as his brother or 
II n'est pas si riche que son frere — He is not so rich as 

his brother. (Use si only in negative sentences) or 
II n'est pas riche comme son frere — He is not rich like 

his brother or 
II est moins riche que son frere. — He is not so rich (less 

rich) as his brother. 
In the following sentences you have further examples 
of this construction. Never forget that the best way 
of learning to write a language, or to speak a language, 
is by carefully and consciously imitating the sentences 
that are given you in that language. Especially in a 
language like French, which is so full of odd little ways 
of saying things, which we call idioms, rules are of no 
great use. On the other hand, if you will remember 
not to be impatient because French isn't English, and 
if you will look curiously and interestedly at these num- 
berless idioms, you will come to like them. 

EXERCISE 

1. Mademoiselle est infiniment plus jolie que toutes 

les femmes de sa nation que j'ai jamais vues. 

2. Elle desire tout ce qu'il y a de plus beau et de 

plus cher. 

3. Jamais les Boches n'ont ete plus calmes. 

4. J'ai trouve ici de l'eau plus fraiche. 

5. Je veux montrer la plus grande affection. 



104 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

6. Les plus grands saints ont eu leurs petites faibles- 

ses (weaknesses). 

7. Vous avez de meilleurs yeux que moi. 

8. II n'y a rien de meilleur au monde que Jean. 

9. II est un des meilleurs amis de votre pere. 

10. Je ne peux rien desirer de plus heureux pour mon 

fils. 

11. II est un des hommes les plus intellectuels de 

ce temps. 

12. Ce jeune homme a fait sur moi la plus heureuse 

impression. 

13. Vous voila les meilleurs amis du monde. 

14. Le plus tendre des peres n'a jamais aime d'un 

meilleur cceur le plus cher de ses enfants. 

15. La plus francaise de nos colonies, c'est le Canada 

— qui n'est plus a nous. 

16. La plus nombreuse, la plus riche, la plus brillante, 

c'est la colonie americaine. 

17. De tous le plus heureux, c'est mon pere. 

18. La plus charmante des deux, c'est votre soeur. 

19. Nous avons mange de la salade; c'est ce que j'aime 

le mieux. 

20. Est-ce que vous voulez m'accompagner? — Un 

autre jour; aujourd'hui, j'aime mieux rester. 

EXERCISE 

Write the following phrases, with their modifying 
adjectives, and then compare them with the correct 
forms in the Appendix. You will not get them all in 
exactly the same order as in the Appendix, but you 
should make few mistakes in endings. — It is most 
desirable that you study your mistakes carefully, and 
then try writing the list again. 
1. A large garden 



TIME OF DAY 105 

The last hour 

Every day 

His little church 

His little village 

An unfortunate woman 

With his young friend (fern.) — With his friend (fern.) 

Red hair 

White shoulders 

To (a) the poor people 

The portrait of his old mother 

The son of a poor woman 

At the house of my dear old friend (fern.) 

Large black eyes 

Your little kitchen 

With (a) white hair 

Hands wide (grand) open 

A glass of fresh water 

Her beautiful black hair 

Poor, dear man 

With their eyes wide open 

A worthy woman 

A tall young man 

The whole street 

Mouth open 

His little red nose 

The best man in the world 

My dear friends (masc.) 



LESSON XXVIII 
TIME OF DAY 
After a careful study of the following expressions, you 
will know how to give in French any ordinary expression, 
telling what time it is. 



106 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Quelle heure est-il? 

II est une heure. 

II est une heure et demie. 

II est trois heures. 

II est trois heures et un quart. 

II est cinq heures moins un 

quart. 
II est six heures six (minutes) . 
II est sept heures cinquante- 

cinq. 
II est minuit et demi. 

II est midi un quart. 

A neuf heures du soir. 

A quelle heure? 
A neuf heures precises. 
A une heure precise. 
Vers dix heures. 



EXAMPLES 

What time is it? 

It is one o'clock. 

It is half past one. 

It is three o'clock. 

It is a quarter after three. 

It is a quarter to five. 



It is six minutes after six. 
It is five minutes to eight. 

It is half past twelve at 

night. 
It is a quarter after 

twelve, noon. 
At nine P. M. (or At nine 

o'clock at night) 
At what hour? 
At nine sharp. 
At one sharp. 
About, or toward ten 

o'clock. 



II est quatre heures quarante or 

II est cinq heures moins vingt. It is 4:40. 

II est quatre heures quarante- 

cinq or 
II est cinq heures moins un 

quart. 
II est cinq heures du matin. 
II est trois heures de l'apres- 

midi. 
II est neuf heures du soir. It is nine P. 
II est midi. It is noon. 



It is 4:45. 



It is five A. M. 
It is three P. M. 



M. 



TIME OF DAY 



107 



II est minuit. 
Minuit sonne. 
Dix heures sonnent. 
Une demi-heure. 
Trois heures et demie. 



It is midnight. 

It is striking midnight. 

It is striking ten. 

A half hour, half an hour 

Three and a half hours 



VOCABULARY 



le quart [car] 


quarter 


vers 


toward, about 


le demi 


half 


demain 


tomorrow 


demi, demie adj 


.half 


le lendemain 


next day 


la demi-heure 


half hour 


le lendemain 




lemidi 


noon 


matin 


next morning 


Theure /. 


hour 


la minute 


minute 


l'apres-midi m. 


afternoon 


apres-demainday after to- 


de l'apres-midi 


P.M., in 




morrow 


the afternoon 


hier 


yesterday 


le minuit 


midnight 


jusque 


till, until 


lesoir 


evening 


jusqu'a 


until 


du soir 


P.M., in 


precis, e 


sharp 


the evening 


de bonne 


early 


le matin 


morning 


heure 




du matin 


A.M., in 


tout a Theure just now, a 


the morning 




little while 


revenir 


come back, 




ago, soon 




return 


y 


there 


ilfaut 


it is necessary 





EXERCISES 
Write in French: (Do not omit heure) 

1. 12:45 A. M. 6. 4:40 

2. 12:15 A. M. 7. 5:50 

3. 1:10 8. At six sharp. 

4. 2:20 9. At one sharp. 

5. 3:30 10. It is 5:55 P. M 



108 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

11. It is twenty minutes to eight. 14. It is one P. M. 

12. It is a quarter to nine. IS. It is ten P. M. 

13. It is 9:45. 16. What time is it? 
Translate: 

1. A quelle heure allez-vous au chateau? 

2. Moi, j'y vais aujourd'hui, a quatre heures. 

3. Vous partez demain pour le camp? 

4. Oui, demain. 

5. De bonne heure? 

6. A cinq heures du matin. 

7. Nous aussi, nous allons partir. 

8. Vous? 

9. Oui, nous avons reeu, il y a une heure, une lettre de 

mon frere. II revient dans douze jours; il s'em- 
barque (goes on board) apres-demain matin a 
New York. Nous allons le voir au Havre. Nous 
partons apres-demain. 

10. Vous restez la-bas combien de temps? 

11. Vingt jours. 

12. Nous allons dormir (sleep) bien tranquillement 

jusqu'a dix heures du matin. 

13. Dans une demi-heure il va partir, partir pour dix 

jours. Cinq heures moins un quart! Le regi- 
ment part a cinq heures. Elle veut le voir. 

14. Nous dinons a six heures et demie, bien exacte- 

ment. Ce soir, a sept heures et demie, ma sceur 
arrive. 

15. Monsieur, il est sept heures un quart. 

16. Sept heures un quart! Oh, mesdames, excusez- 

moi, s'il vous plait. Ma soeur arrive ce soir, 
et je vais aller a la gare. 

17. Et le train, a quelle heure exactement arrive-t-il? 



EN 109 

18. A sept heures et demie. II ne me faut que dix min- 

utes pour arriver a la gare. 

19. Le lendemain, a cinq heures et demie, nous sommes^ 

arrives chez nous. 

20. Je viens vous faire mes adieux. Je pars dans deux 

heures. 



LESSON XXIX 

EN 

En is a convenient little word, freely used by the 
French as a substitute for de and an object. En is 
most frequently translated of it, of them. 

Sometimes we easily understand what en stands for, 
other times it is less easy to understand. It is usually 
easy to recognize: 

(1) When used with numerals. 

Combien de chaises y-a-t-il? 
II y en a deux. 

(2) When used as a substitute for the de mean- 

ing "some" or "any": - 
Avez-vous mange du pain? 
J 'en ai mange, merci. 

(3) Used with nouns and adjectives which are 

regularly followed by de. 
J'ai besoin d'encouragement. 
J 'en ai besoin. 

Je suis content de votre amour. 
J 'en suis content. 
J'ai beaucoup de pain. 
J 'en ai beaucoup. 

(4) Used with verbs which are regularly fol- 

lowed by de. 



110 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

J'ai parle de votre absence. 

J'en ai parle. 
In many other phrases the en is as reasonable when 
one studies the sentence with the facts of the language 
at his command, but it is not so clear at a glance. Take 
the phrase Je vous en prie — "I beg of you", prier is 
a verb followed by de, if the thought is complete. 
Je vous prie de m'excuser changes easily into Je vous 
en prie. The puzzling en then, in Je vous en prie 
stands always for the thing asked, which is not ex- 
pressed. 

If you care to understand en, and are not willing to 
take it merely as a little decoration in a sentence, you 
will find it a help to examine it with some attention 
whenever it occurs for a few weeks, trying to see just 
what it is doing in the sentence. In the sentences that 
follow, see if you can tell whether the en would be 
classed in group one, two, three, or four, as given above. 

EXERCISE 

1. Est-ce que vous voyez tous les soldats? Je n'en 

vois que trois! 

2. J'ai tue (shot) deux Boches, et j'en suis fier (proud). 

3. Mon fils est maintenant sous-lieutenant. J'en 

suis content. 

4. Vous avez le droit (right) de savoir. Non, je n'en 

ai pas le droit. 

5. II y en a deux qui vous cherchent. 

6. N'en parlons plus. 

7. Et vous ne m'en avez rien dit. 

8. Je n'ai jamais pu en parler a personne. 

9. II y a des biscuits pour moi, il n'y en a plus pour 

vous. 
10. Voulez-vous de l'argent? j'en ai assez, mon pere. 



VERBS 111 

11. J'en parle avec respect. 

12. Vous pouvez en etre persuade. 

13. Est-ce que tu crois (think) en savoir plus que ta 

mere. 

14. II dit de son ami tout le bien qu'il en pense. 

15. J'ai deja vu bien des jeunes gens. Oh! oui, j'en 

ai vu. 

16. J'ai des morceaux de sucre. J'en ai mis cinq ou 

six dans ma poche. 

17. Si je prends le nom, c'est que j'en ai le droit. 

18. De la neige (snow)! Elle commence a tomber, 

nous en avons encore pour toute la nuit. 

EXERCISE 
Write in French the English sentences, getting any 
suggestions you can from the French sentences im- 
mediately preceding: 

1. Nous sommes bien surs d'avoir la victoire. 

We are going to have a victory. We are quite sure 
of that. 

2. Je suis heureux d'avoir vu votre mere. 
I saw your mother. I am glad of it. 

3. Je suis curieux de savoir ou il est. 

I do not know where he is. I am curious about it. 

4. Tous sont si contents d'avoir bien travaille. 
They have worked well. They are pleased at it. 

5. Je m'en doute de votre amour. 

I love you a lot. Do not doubt it. 



LESSON XXX 
VERBS 
From now on the chief business of the student is to 
learn verbs. You have had two tenses, the present and 



112 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

the present perfect. You should be quite sure of the 
infinitive form and of the past participle of every verb 
that you have had; you should know which auxiliary 
each verb requires, whether avoir or etre. You should 
thoroughly know the present tense of each. The present 
is the most irregular and difficult of the tenses. 

TENSES 
Today you are to learn the imperfect and the past 
perfect tenses. 

The imperfect tense expresses past time. It is used: 

(1) To express continued action, as "I was hunting 
for a four leaf clover." 

(2) To express habitual action or state, as "I was 
sick most of the time" — "I always wanted 
him to educate the boy". 

(3) In ordinary narration, when describing a 
situation or state of affairs. (A single, un- 
related act in the past is not imperfect. If 
you do not understand this, do not worry. 
You will in time.) 

The present perfect tense, which you have been using, 
is confined largely to conversation. 

The past perfect tense corresponds exactly to the 
English "I had arrived." It is easy to form, and easy 
to understand. It is formed by the past participle 
and the imperfect of avoir or etre. The same rules 
apply in the past perfect that you had in the present 
perfect as to whether the auxiliary is avoir or etre, 
and as to the agreement of participles. 

The endings of the imperfect are the same in all verbs, 
no matter how irregular the verb is. The tense is, there- 
fore, not a difficult one to learn. 



VERBS 113 

IMPERFECT TENSE 
Endings etre avoir 

-ais j'etais I was j'avais I had 

-ais tu etais you were tu avais you had 

-ait il etait he was il avait he had 

-ions nous etions we were nous avions we had 

-iez vous etiez you were vous aviez you had 

-aient ils etaient they were ils avaient they had 

PAST PERFECT 
etre (past part, ete) 
j'avais ete I had been nous avions ete we had been 
tu avais ete you had been vous aviez ete you had been 
il avait ete he had been ils avaient ete they had been 

avoir (past part, eu) 
j'avais eu I had had nous avions eu we had had 
tu avais eu you had had vous aviez eu you had had 
il avait eu he had had ils avaient eu they had had 
Past perfect of parler — J'avais parle I had spoken 
Past perfect of arriver — J'etais arrive I had arrived 

EXERCISES 
Translate: (Remember every past perfect requires 
in translating the word had). 

1. II est midi. II etait midi. 

2. II n'a pas d'eau. II n'avait pas d'eau. 

3. Nous n'avons pas de pain. Nous n'avions pas de 

, pain. 

4. Ils n'ont pas de viande. Ils n'avaient pas de 

viande. 

5. Vous n'avez pas de legumes. Vous n'aviez pas 

de legumes. 

6. Je n'ai pas trouve la lettre. Je n'avais pas trouve 

la lettre. 



114 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

7. Nous n'avons pas tout vu. Nous n'avions pas 

tout vu. 

8. L'homme est arrive. L'homme etait arrive. 

9. La lettre etait arrivee. La lettre est arrivee. 

10. lis sont partis. lis etaient partis. 

11. La femme est belle. Je l'ai vue chez ma mere. 

Je Tavais vue chez ma mere. 
Translate: 

1. Quel age a-t-il? II a quatorze ans. 

2. Quel age avait-il? II avait quatorze ans. 

3. Combien de soldats y-avait-il? II y en avait dix. 

4. La femme n'etait plus la. 

5. Elle etait a la fenetre de la cuisine, au rez-de- 

chaussee. 

6. Tout le reste n'etait qu'une question d'argent. 

7. II etait heureux de la voir heureuse. 

8. II etait un tres gentil petit gareon de six ans. 

9. Elle etait une tres jolie petite fille de cinq ans. 
10. lis avaient les grands yeux noirs de leur mere et 

ses cheveux dores (golden). 

Translate: 

1. lis n'avaient pas vu les femmes chez elles. 

2. II n'avait pas beaucoup fume. 

3. Son fils etait parti pour la guerre (war). 

4. J'avais mange du jambon avec lui. 

5. J'avais mis le fusil (gun) a quelque (some) distance 

de son lit. 

6. Nous etions entres dans le salon. 

7. II y avait une femme assassinee. 

8. Elle etait allee a la ville. 

9. Les Francais etaient arrives. 
10. II etait alle voir les soldats. 



IMPERFECT TENSE (Continued) 



LESSON XXXI 
IMPERFECT TENSE (Continued) 
The imperfect of parler is je parlais etc. 

parl-er 
je parl-ais je parlais I spoke, I was speak- 

ing 
tu parl-ais tu parlais you spoke, you were 

speaking 
il parl-ait il parlait he spoke, he was speak- 

ing 
nous parl-ions nous parlions we spoke, we were 

speaking 
vous parl-iez vous parliez you spoke, you were 

speaking 
ils parl-aient ils parlaient they spoke, they were 

speaking 

All verbs that have the present tense like parler, 
have the imperfect tense formed as above. 

The verbs partir, sortir, venir, mourir, dormir, — 
pouvoir, savoir, vouloir, recevoir, — mettre, — aller 
(all of which you have had) form the imperfect by cut- 
ting off the infinitive endings -ir, -oir, -re, and -er and 
adding the usual endings of the imperfect. 

The following verbs have imperfects for which you 
must learn the first person singular. The other persons 
are then formed on this by the usual change of endings : 

boire — buvais (imperfect, 1st. sing.) 

connaitre — connaissais 

dire — disais 

ecrire — ecrivais 

faire — faisais 

lire — lisais 



116 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

voir — voyais 

finir — finissais 

VOCABULARY 
le pays country penser think 

le coin corner s'arreter stop 

le franc franc (French coin, (aux. etre) 

about 20 cents) passer pass, spend 

du tout at all (like partir) 

la fleur flower dormir sleep 

alors then, at that time promettre promise 

eUe-meme (she) herself (like mettre) 
honnete honest repondre answer 

(like mettre) 
EXERCISE 
Translate: 

1. Depuis six mois il cherchait et ne trouvait rien. 

2. Elles voulaient diner chez lui. 

3. II ne savait plus du tout ou il en etait. 

4. II venait chercher son fils. 

5. Elle etait morte. 

6. J 'en parlais avec respect. 

7. II etait evident que mon frere voulait me parler. 

8. J'etais jeune alors, et je pensais toujours au pays. 

9. Elle avait une fleur dans le coin de la bouche. 

10. Ses amis etaient la. II y en avait cinq. 

11. Jamais il n 'avait eu deux mille francs en sa posses- 

sion. 

12. II ne trouvait rien a repondre. 

13. De cette famille il ne restait plus qu'un enfant, 

qui promettait d'etre, ce qu'avait ete son grand- 
pere et ce qu'avait ete son pere, honnete et bon. 

14. II s'arretait, soupait chez son ami. 



IMPERFECT TENSE (Continued) 



117 



15. 
16. 
17. 

18. 



II aimait sa petite eglise, son petit village. 

Elle l'aimait trop. 

II ne passait a Paris que trois ou quatre mois. 

II l'aimait beaucoup — un peu plus qu'elle-meme 

ne l'aimait.. Lui, elle l'aimait bien, et voila tout. 

II y a une grande difference entre bien et beaucoup 

quand ces deux adverbes sont places apres le 

verbe aimer. 



EXERCISE 



Translate into French: 




1. 


We had said. 


21. 


2. 


You were. 


22. 


3. 


They are not dying. 


23. 


4. 


He has come. 


24. 


5. 


You had gone. 


25. 


6. 


They go out. 


26. 


7. 


I have left. 


27. 


8. 


You have fallen. 


28. 


9. 


You were not ac- 


29. 




quainted. 


30. 


10. 


They had come. 


31. 


11. 


Am I arriving? 


32. 


12. 


Don't we have them ? 


33. 


13. 


You had been having. 


34. 


14. 


We drank not. 


35. 


15. 


They were not com- 


36. 




ing. 


37. 


16. 


They had gone. 


38. 


17. 


You see them. 


39. 


18. 


They haven't written. 


40. 


19. 


We were staying. 


41. 


20. 


You are acquainted 


42. 




with him. 


43. 



They had drunk. 
You had died. 
I have not had. 
I am not drinking'. 
I did not know. 
We had been able. 
He did not wish. 
They did not see us.. 
You had been writing. 
I received. 
He has not written. 
They have not finished. 
We have put. 
Was he not saying? 
They have been. 
Don't you know? 
They have been able. 
I was not going out. 
You left. 

We had been falling. 
You have not received. 
We were entering. 
They were putting. 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



44. 


I had arrived. 


52. 


I had been. 


45. 


He is coming in. 


53. 


He was dying. 


46. 


You have drunk. 


54. 


You could. 


47. 


We are coming. 


55. 


She had seen. 


48. 


They had gone out. 


56. 


They are receiving. 


49. 


She was falling. 


57. 


She had stayed. 


50. 


I have been acquaint- 


58. 


We had not known 




ed with him. 


59. 


You don't say. 


51. 


We have died. 


60. 


They had gone out 



LESSON XXXII 

VERBS 
FUTURE TENSE 
etre 
je serai I shall be j'aurai 

tuseras you will be tu auras 

il sera he will be il aura 

nous serons we shall be nous aurons 
vous serez you will be vous aurez 
ils seront they will be ils auront 



avoir 

I shall have 
you will have 
he will have 

we shall have 
you will have 
they will have 



parler 
je parlerai I shall speak nous parlerons we shall speak 
tuparleras etc. vousparlerez etc. 

il parlera ils parleront 

The future tense, like the imperfect, is absolutely 
regular as to endings: 

Singular Plural 

-ai -ons 

-as -ez 

-a -ont 
In verbs like parler these endings are added to the 



VERBS — FUTURE TENSE 119 

infinitive. In most verbs having infinitives in -ir, 
the endings are added to the infinitive : finir — finirai. 
In verbs ending in -re, the final -e is dropped. This 
change is so obviously necessary that no further explana- 
tion is needed. For instance: boire — boirai; ecrire — 
ecrirai ; mettre — mettrai. 

Unless the future is formed as described above, you 
will be given the first person. The other persons you 
then form by the usual changes in endings. 
Learn the following irregular futures: 

aller — irai 

faire — f erai 

mourir — mourrai 

pouvoir — pourrai 

savoir — saurai 

venir — viendrai 

voir — verrai 

vouloir — voudrai 

recevoir — recevrai 
EXERCISES 
Write in French: (You should study your verbs till 
you think you can write them from memory, without 
constantly looking back for information.) 



1. 


he will finish 


11. 


I shall be able 


2. 


we shall put 


12. 


he will sleep 


3. 


he will make 


13. 


we shall drink 


4. 


they will give 


14. 


he will wish 


5. 


he will know 


15. 


they will receive 


6. 


they will come 


16. 


I shall go 


7. 


he will work 


17. 


he will write 


8. 


they will see 


18. 


they will think 


9. 


she will remain 


19. 


he will go 


10. 


you will put 


20. 


you will say 



120 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Translate : 

1. Tu viendras me voir souvent, mon enfant. 

2. Non, ma mere, je resterai avec vous. 

3. Le precepteur de mon fils est un jeune homme tres 

distingue; il fera travailler nos deux enfants. 

4. Tout sera pour le mieux. 

5. Jean donnera le bon exemple a Paul. 

6. Vous aurez de l'argent, beaucoup d'argent pour 

vos pauvres. 

7. Dans le salon je trouverai cette Americaine aux 

cheveux rouges. 

8. J'irai au chateau certainement — pour mes pauvres. 

9. J'irai — et elle m'en donnera, de l'argent, mais 

elle ne me donnera que de l'argent. 

10. Ma vieille amie donnait de sa vie (life) et de son 

coeur. 

11. Nous allions ensemble (together) toutes les semai- 

nes, visiter les pauvres et les malades. 

12. Elle connaissait toutes les miseres du pays. 

13. Vous serez content de moi. 

14. Je vous donnerai cinq cents francs tous les mois. 

15. Et je ferai comme ma sceur. 

16. Mille francs par mois! Mais alors il n'y aura plus 

de pauvres dans le pays. 

17. Mon pere sera trop heureux, si vous voulez diner 

chez nous. 

18. Vous serez indulgentes, mesdames. 

19. Je viendrai le plus t6t (soon) possible. 

20. II y aura place dans votre cceur pour tous, — pour 

votre mari, pour vos enfants, et pour moi. C'est 
tout petit, le cceur, et c'est tres grand. 



NUMERALS — NAMES OF MONTHS — DAYS OF WEEK 121 

LESSON XXXIII 
NUMERALS — NAMES OF MONTHS — DAYS OF WEEK 

Review Lesson XXII, Numerals; Lesson XXVIII, 
Time of Day. 

Learn the following ordinals: 
premier, first septieme [p silent] seventh 

premiere huitieme eighth 

deuxieme [x like z] second neuvieme ninth 

second, second dixieme[x like z] tenth 

seconde [c like gh] onzieme eleventh 

troisieme third douzieme twelfth 

quatrieme fourth dix-neuvieme nineteenth 

cinquieme fifth vingtieme twentieth 

sixieme [x like z] sixth vingt et unieme twenty-first 

- vingt-deuxieme twenty -second 

(Say le onzieme, la onzieme — not l'onzieme.) 

Learn the names of the months: 

Janvier [zhan-vee-ay] m. juillet [zhee-ee-ay] m. 

fevrier [fay-vree-ay] m. aout [oo] m. 

mars [rhyme with farce] m. septembre m. 

avril [ah-vreel] m. octobre m. 

mai [may] m. novembre m. 

juin [zhee-an] m. decembre m. 

Learn the names of the days of the week : 
dimanche [dee-mansh] m. Sunday 
lundi m. Monday 

mardi m. Tuesday 

mercredi m. Wednesday 

jeudi m. Thursday 

vendredi m. Friday 

samedi m. Saturday 



122 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

In French neither the names of the months, nor of 
the days of the week begin with capital letters. Be care- 
ful not to slip into this custom in writing English. 
EXERCISE 
Le douzieme mois de Pan est decembre. 
Le septieme jour de la semaine est dimanche. 
Write: 

1. The first month of the year is January. 

2. The second month of the year is February. 

3. The third month of the year is March. 

4. The fourth month of the year is April. 

5. The fifth month of the year is May. 

6. The sixth month of the year is June. 

7. The seventh month of the year is July. 

8. The eighth month of the year is August. 

9. The ninth month of the year is September. 

10. The tenth month of the year is October. 

11. The eleventh month of the year is November. 

12. The twelfth month of the year is December. 

13. The first day of the week is Monday. 

14. The second day of the week is Tuesday. 

15. The third day of the week is Wednesday. 

etc. 

DATES 
Le premier septembre — the first of September, Sep- 
tember first 
Le deux septembre — the second of September, Sep- 
tember second 
Le trente mai — the thirtieth of May 

Le quatre juin — June fourth 

Le vingt-cinq decembre — the twenty-fifth of December 

In using first, second, etc. to designate days of the 
month, write premier to mean first, but use cardinals 



NUMERALS — NAMES OF MONTHS — DAYS OF WEEK 123 

deux, trois, quatre, etc. for all the others. 

Study carefully the following sentences, and turn to 
them as models whenever you are puzzled as to how 
to give the various expressions of time: 
Quel jour du mois sera-ce What day of the month will 

demain? tomorrow be? 

Demain, ce sera le vingt- Tomorrow will be the 

deux. twenty- second. 

Hier, c'etait le quatre Yesterday was the fourth 

juillet. of July. 

Quel jour du mois est-ce What day of the month is to- 
aujourd'hui? day? What's the date? 

What day of the month 
is it? 
C'estaujourd'huiletrente Today is the thirty-first. 

et un. 
Le vingt-deux fevrier. On the twenty -second of 

February. 
II est arrive samedi. He arrived on Saturday. 

Nous les avons vus lundi. We saw them on Monday. 
(Notice the French uses no preposition. 
The English omits it at will.) 



11 y a trois jours. 


Three days ago. 


11 y a huit jours. 


A week ago. 


11 y a quinze jours. 


Two weeks ago. 


(En) Tan mil soixante-six. 


(In) 1066 A. D. 


L'an quatorze cent quatre- 




vingt-douze. 


1492 


En seize cent vingt. 


In 1620 


En dix-sept cent quatre- 


In 1789 


vingt-neuf. 




En dix-sept cent soixante- 


In 1776 


seize. 





124 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

EXERCISE 

1. Repetez les noms des six premiers mois de Pannee. 

2. Quels sont les noms des six derniers mois de Pannee ? 

3. Quels sont les mois qui n'ont que trente jours? 

4. Le mois de fevrier combien de jours a-t-il? 

5. Quel jour du mois sommes-nous aujourd'hui? 

6. Quel jour du mois serons-nous demain? 

7. Qui estmort le 29 decembre 1799? 

8. Repetez-moi (repeat to me) les mois de Pannee. 

9. Quel jour de la semaine est-ce? 

10. Est-ce que le deux fevrier est un jour de fete? 

Write, and correct by the Appendix: 

1. I shall return Wednesday, May 18, at one o'clock. 

2. Every Thursday and every Sunday we have dinner 

at mother's. 

3. He had died November 14, at seven o'clock in the 

morning. 

4. We shall arrive on Saturday, May 28, about four 

o'clock in the afternoon. 

5. I saw her one Friday evening in (de) the month o( 

November. 

LESSON XXXIV 

THE INDEFINITE on 

Faire WITH INFINITIVE 

Prendre — lire 

Prendre, to take Past participle, pris 

Imperfect, je prenais 

PRESENT TENSE 

je prends, tu prends, il prend nous prenons, vous 

prenez, ils prennent 
Lire — to read (Imperfect) lisais (Past participle) lu 



THE INDEFINITE on 125 

PRESENT TENSE 
je lis, tu lis, il lit nous lisons, vous lisez, ils lisent 
The verb faire, when followed by an infinitive, has the 
meaning to make, to cause, to have. Example : Fais done 
venir les Americaines. — Just have the Americans 
come — Call in the Americans. 

THE GENERALIZING PRONOUN on 
People say he is crazy. 
You never can tell. 

One would suppose she would know better. 
They say she is in a critical condition. 
We do not do that sort of thing nowadays. 
In the sentences above you will notice that the English 
expresses the indefinite idea of someone, any one (no 
definite person referred to) in various ways, — by we, 
you, they, one, people, etc. The French expresses this 
idea by the word on with the third person singular of 
the verb. 

On ne peut pas — It is impossible (one cannot). 
On ne passe pas — They shall not pass (one does 
not pass). 

On vient me chercher — They are coming to look for 

me (one comes to look for me) . 
On voyait quelle le comprenait — One saw that she 

understood it. 
On m'y connait — I am known there (one knows me 

there) . 
On le dit — So they say (one says it). 
On is also used often instead of the passive. 
L'on is the same as on. 

VOCABULARY 
le repos rest comprendre understand 

la joie joy (like prendre) 



126 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

la patrie native country autre other 

la terre earth, land sentir, se sentir feel 

la chose thing (like partir) 

la carte card, map jouer play 

le moyen means jouer aux cartes play 

cards 

gaiment gayly, cheerfully accepter accept 

malheureusement unfor- comme as 
tunately 

Translate: 

1. On ne voyait pas les enfants, mais on les ecoutait. 

2. On a une sensation un peu desagreable. 

3. On avait eu un peu d 'emotion pour rien. 

4. On se sentait assez en securite. 

5. Tous les jours, a midi, et a minuit, on nous tele- 

phone l'heure. 

6. On ne recoit que du pain et du cafe. 

7. Tout ce que Ton voyait, c'etait des villages en 

ruines. 

8. On a eu du the ce soir, — malheureusement le 

sucre etait peu abondant. 

9. On est la pour cela (that), et Ton accepte la chose 

gaiment. (Note the Ton after et.) 

10. C'est une joie immense de se dire que Ton trav- 

aille pour la patrie. (Note the Ton after que.) 

11. On dort, on lit, on joue aux cartes. 

12. On est heureux de se sentir encore sur cette terre. 

13. Nos soldats prenaient du repos. 

14. Je vais vous faire savoir que vous £tes imprudent. 

15. Les hommes dans leurs abris (dugouts) fumaient 

tranquillement leurs pipes t dormaient, mail' 
geaient, jouaient aux cartes, lisaient. 






THE CONDITIONAL MOOD 127 

16. A neuf heures il venait me faire savoir que ma 

mere desirait me voir. 

17. Je le ferai entrer. 

18. Quand on a beaucoup d'argent, quand on a trop 

d'argent, quand on a plus que cela n'est 
juste, dites, monsieur l'abbe, pour se le faire 
pardonner, y a-t-il d'autre moyens que de 
toujours avoir les mains grandes ouvertes et 
de donner, de donner, de donner le plus pos- 
sible et le mieux possible? 



LESSON XXXV 
THK CONDITIONAL MOOD 
PRESENT CONDITIONAL OF etre 
je se-r-ais I should or would be 
tu se-r-ais you would be 
il se-r-ait he would be 
nous se-r-ions we should or would be 
vous se-r-iez you would be 
ils se-r-aient they would be 
In this conjugation you notice that each verb form 
appears in three portions. The forms are thus divided 
to help you in learning the conjugation with the least 
effort and the least loss of time. Every present con- 
ditional has the r and the ending you see above. If you 
learn the 

-rais -rions 

r rais -riez 

-rait -raient 

of the conjugation given above, you know the endings of 
all present conditionals. You learned this r in the future 



128 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



tense. You learned these endings -ais, etc. in the im- 
perfect. There are no irregularities in this conjugation 
except in the spelling of the first part. See how you can 
form the conditional present from the future: — 



Verb 
donner 


Future 
donnerai 


Present Conditional 
donnerais donnerais donnerait don 


finir 


finirai 


nerions -iez -aient 
finirais finirais finirait finirions fini- 
riez finiraient 


avoir 
venir 


aurai 
viendrai 


aurais, etc. 
viendrais, etc. 


aller 
faire 


irai 
ferai 


irais 
ferais 


savoir 


saurai 


saurais 


pouvoir 
vouloir 


pourrai 
voudrai 


? 


voir 


verrai 


7 


mettre 


mettrai 


P 


mourir 


mourrai 


P 


recevoir 


recevrai 


? 



If you drill yourself intensively for five minutes now 
in filling out the uncompleted conjugations in the list 
above, you will have no further trouble with the forms 
of the present conditional. Then you are ready to learn, 
from the following sentences, what it means: 
Je voudrais diner I should like to dine 
II voudrait vous voir He'd like to see you 
Le f eriez-vous? Would you do it ? 
Non, je ne le ferais pas No, I would not do it 
Je serais plus confortable chez moi I would be more 
comfortable at home 

Auriez-vous la bonte de me preter cinq dollars? Would 
you have the kindness to lend me five dollars ? 



THE CONDITIONAL MOOD 129 

Je voudrais bien savoir ou nous allons I should really 
like to know where we are going. 

USES 
While the above uses of the conditional are common 
enough, the most frequent use is in sentences with the 
word si meaning if. 

S'il avait le temps, il viendrait — He would come if he 
had the time. 

PAST CONDITIONAL 
The conditional has another tense — the past, which 
offers no difficulties. Notice the following examples: 
j'aurais ete, etc. I would have been, etc. 

j'aurais eu, etc. I would have had, etc. 

je serais venu, etc. I would have come, etc. 
je serais alle, etc. I would have gone, etc. 
j'aurais donne, etc. I would have given, etc. 

EXERCISE 
1. Si j'avais fini mes lecons, je lirais mon livre. 
2. Si j'avais du papier, j'ecrirais une lettre. 3. Si 
vous aviez vos livres, qu'est-ce que vous feriez? 4. Si 
vous aviez beaucoup d 'argent, est-ce que vous resteriez 
chez vous? 5. Que feriez-vous? 6. Iriez-vous a la 
campagne? 7. J'etudierais toute l'annee. 8. J'ac- 
cepterais votre livre s'il etait ici. 9. Pourriez-vous aller 
a la campagne si vous aviez etudie vos lecons ? 10. Voud- 
riez-vous aller avec nous? 11. Dans une heure le 
chateau aurait un nouveau maitre. 12. Et ce maitre 
qui serait-il? 13. Quelle femme, dans le grand salon, 
au coin de la cheminee, prendrait la place de madame? 
14. Son existence aurait ete tolerable si elle n'avait 
pas tant aime son mari. 1.5. Voudriez-vous diner ici? 
16. J'irais bien mais je suis trop connu a Paris. 



130 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

LESSON XXXVI 
Y — Venir de 
Venir de with an infinitive has the meaning just have. 
Je viens de voir votre mere — I have just seen your mother. 

Y is a substitute for a (sometimes for dans) with an 
object. The adverb y means there, to that place, in that 
place etc. It is not used, as la is, to definitely point out 
a certain place, but rather to refer back to some place 
(or thing) already mentioned. We say: Restez la — Stay, 
there. But, in answer to: Allez-vous au chateau? we 
say : J'y vais bientot. 

Y has been used in this book repeatedly in certain very 
common phrases. Review carefully: 

II y a There is, there are 

II y en a deux There are two of them 

II y avait There was, there were 

II n'y avait pas There was not 

II y aura There will be 

II y a trois jours Three days ago 

EXERCISE • 
Write in French: 

1. There was at that time a great war (la guerre) 

in France. 

2. In the house there was only a little girl of ten. 

3. There are children everywhere (partout). 

4. Tomorrow there will be some soup. 

5. How many rooms are there in the house? 

6. There are six of them. 

7. Has he much money? He has enough. 

8. I have just read a letter that his mother wrote 

to him three weeks ago. 
(See Appendix) 



THE ADVERB y — venir de 



131 





VOCABULARY 




le cure 


priest 


reprocher 


a reproach 


le fermier 


farmer 


ouvrir 


open 


la clef 


key 


a j outer 


add 


le plaisir 


pleasure 


tenir 


hold, keep 


la messe 


mass 


fermer 


close 


ca 


that 


laisser 


leave, let 


tout de meme all the 


empecher 


prevent 




same 


malicieusement malicious- 


la-haut 


up there 




ly, mischievously 


si 


yes 








ouvrir, to open 




(Imperfect) 


ouvrais 


(Past 


participle) ouvert 




(Future) ouvrirai 





PRESENT TENSE 

j'ouvre, tu ouvres, il ouvre 

nous ouvrons, vous ouvrez, ils ouvrent 

tenir, to hold 

(Imperfect) tenais (Past participle) tenu 

(Future) tiendrai 

PRESENT TENSE 

je tiens, tu tiens, il tient 
nous tenons, vous tenez, ils tiennent 

LE CURE DE LONGUEVAL 
(Adapted from L'Abbe Constantin) 

Le cure reprochait au fermier de ne pas venir a la 
messe, et le fermier repondait: 

— La femme et les filles y vont pour moi . . . 
Vous savez bien, monsieur le cure, c'est comme ca chez 
nous. Les femmes ont de la religion pour les hommes. 
Elles nous feront ouvrir les portes du paradis. 



132 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Et malicieusement il ajoutait: 

— S'il y en a un! 

— Comment! s'il y en a un? Mais certainement 
il y en a un! 

— Alors vous y serez, monsieur le cure. Vous 

dites que ce n'est pas stir et moi, je vous dis que 

si ... . Vous y serez! Vous y serez! a la porte. Et vous 

direz a. saint Pierre car c'est bien saint Pierre, 

n'est-ce pas, qui tient les clefs du paradis? 

— Oui, c'est saint Pierre. 

— Eh bien, vous lui direz, a saint Pierre, s'il veut 
me fermer la porte au nez, sous pretexte que je n'allais 
pas a la messe, vous lui direz: "Bah! laissez-le passer 

tout de meme C'est Bernard, un des fermiers de 

madame la marquise, un brave homme." Et saint 
Pierre repondra: "Eh bien, allons, passez, Bernard, mais 
c'est bien pour faire plaisir a M. le cure." Car vous 
serez encore cure la-haut, et cure de Longueval. Ce serai t 
trop triste pour vous le paradis, si ca vous empechait 
de rester cure de Longueval. 

REVIEW 

Write in French: 

1. She said nothing. 

2. People know nothing of all that. 

3. You are going to see a sick (person) ? 

4. You are right. 

5. We will go together (ensemble) immediately. 

6. I have never said anything against (contre) you. 

7. He does not know how to read. {Know how is 

savoir with infinitive). 

8. She has seen nothing. 

9. I have seen all. 
10. I shall tell you the rest (le reste) at once. 



THE ADVERB y — venir de 133 

I was listening to him. 
The soldiers arrived in the evening. 
I know him well (not savoir). 
Speak no more of all that. 
I have told you what (ce que) I think. 
I shall not speak of it any more. 
Make him drink. 
I feel better. 

Monsieur knows it very well. 
I have never seen him. 
He never answers (a) our letters. 
What does he wish to say ? 
We shall speak of (de) that later. 
These gentlemen (messieurs) have come every day. 
There is a means of (de) knowing (inf.) it. 
He had already come this morning. 
You have nothing to (a) do. 
One is never happier than at (a) your age, boy. 
You are at the house of friends. 
I have neither father nor mother any more. 
You are still sick. 
We are not the strongest. 
They will be here this evening. 
I know nothing about it. 
Let's go in, we will finish that later. 
Where are you going ? 
I know nothing about it yet. 
I see a little ten year old boy. 
His eyes are large and black. 
Go tell madame that I am tired. 
He ate little, drank still less, and did not talk at all. 
We are all brothers. 

I am going to tell you what I did not say just now 
at (a) table. 



134 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

44. He came to see my sister. 

45. You were only a child. 

46. I heard what you did for (pour) this poor mother 

and for this poor young girl. 

(You will make many mistakes in this. That is no 

reason for discouragement. Study your mistakes, and 

write it again.) 



LESSON XXXVII 
THE PAST DEFINITE TENSE 

French contents itself with three tenses referring to 
past time, the imperfect, the present perfect (both of 
which have been explained already), and the past 
definite. This last-named tense is the one we are now 
to learn. 

The past definite expresses a single act in past time, 
not a continuing one or a customary one or a repeated 
one. It emphasizes the action rather than the comple- 
tion of the action. A good illustration is "He died." 
This tense is used in narrative such as histories. 

The conjugation of the past definite — once started — 
proceeds with regularity, as do all French tenses except 
the present. Regular past definites are as follows: — 
parler, to speak finir, to finish recevoir, to receive 
je parlai, I spoke je finis, I finished je recus, I received 
tu parlas tu finis tu recus 

il parla il finit il recut 

nous parlames nous finimes nous recumes 
vous parlates vous finites vous recutes 

ils parlerent ils finirent ils recurent 



THE PAST DEFINITE TENSE 



135 



CONJUGATE LIKE THE ABOVE 
j'allai, I went je vendis, I sold je connus, I knew 
j'envoyai, I sent je battis, I beat 



je me hatai, 
I hurried 



je mourus, I died 
je courus, I ran 
je crus, I believed 



je tus, I kept still 
je plus, I pleased 



In a class by 
themselves: 

je vins, I came 
je tins, I held 



je dormis, I slept 

je craignis*, 
I feared 

je partis, I left 

je sentis, I per- 
ceived 

je servis, I served il plut, it rained 

je sortis, I went je vecus, I lived 
out 

j'ouvris, I opened je bus, I drank 

je vetis, I dressed je fus, I was 

j'ecrivis, I wrote 



vins 



tins 



je pus, I could 
j'eus, I had 
je dus, I had to 



vins 


tins 


vint 


tint 


vinmes 


tinmes 


vintes 


tintes 


vinrent 


tinrent 



je voulus, I wished 
je lus, I read 



je ris, I laughed 
je suivis, I fol- 
lowed 

e dis, I said 

e fis, I made 

'assis, I seated 

e vis, I saw . 

e vendis, I sold 

e mis, I put 

'offris, I offered 

e pris, I took 

e conduisis, I led 

e rend is, I gave 
back 
Translate : 

1. II me fut impossible de dormir. 

2. Je ne pus dormir une minute. 

3. Nous arrivames aux premieres maisons du village. 



136 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

4. Nous vimes que la femme venait de lire une lettre. 

5. Nous f limes tres surpris de ne voir personne 

dans la salle. 

6. Mon oncle rentra chez nous par les jardins. 

7. Le docteur mit la main sur le cceur de la femme. 

8. II me prit le bras, ouvrit la porte, et me conduisit 

(led) dans la rue. 

9. Un jour l'oncle eut une grande discussion. 

10. Tous les hommes sentirent la sublime magni- 

ficence de cette minute. 

11. A neuf heures du soir nous partimes. 

12. Le capitaine me recut dans sa "cagna" (den). 

13. Le contre - attaque ne vint pas. 

14. Nous ne sumes ou nous allions que quand nous 

fumes arrives. 

15. Pour la premiere fois je compris bien la mort. 

Write in French, using the past definite: 

1. Everybody went out. 11. Two men came out of 

2. She did not answer. the house. 

3. I opened a window. 12. We were soon down- 

4. We arrived there. stairs (en bas). 

5. That made us laugh 13. I went to see. 

(rire). 14. He took him by the arm. 

6. I saw three of them. 15. He put him out (dehors). 

7. We went up to (dans) 16. I saw that she had come. 

our rooms. 17. He went into the kitchen. 

8. I did not understand 18. We (on) did no tenter the 

any of it. village. 

9. They (on) made the 19. We arrived there about 

soldiers come. six. 

10. I spoke of it with 20. The poor woman wanted 

respect. to go home. 

(See Appendix) 



PRONOUNS (Review) VOCABULARY 37 

LESSON XXXVIII 

PRONOUNS (Review) 
VOCABULARY 
Relative Pronouns 

qui [kee] (subject pro.) who, which, that 

que [kuh](object pro.) whom, which, that 

qui (after preposition) whom 

quoi (after preposition) which, what 

dont whose, of whom, of which 
Interrogative Pronouns 

qui who, whom 

que what 

quoi what (after prepositions) 
Demonstrative Pronouns 

celui this (one), that (one) 

celui-ci this one here 

celui-la that one there 

ceci this 

cela that 

Most of the important pronouns you have been using 
for some time. It may help you to remember them if 
you learn a simple classification: 

1. Personal pronouns: je, nous, vous, etc. 

2. Possessive adjectives: mon, notre, votre, etc. 

3. Relative pronouns: qui, que, dont, etc. 

4. Interrogative pronouns: qui, que (quoi). 

5. Interrogative adjective: quel, quelle. 

6. Demonstrative adjective: ce (cet), cette, ces. 

7. Demonstrative pronouns: ceci, cela, celui, etc. 
The possessive adjectives and the personal pronouns 

you have learned and used repeatedly. A complete 
table of personal pronouns is given in the Appendix. 



133 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Review with the aid of this, and go over again the state- 
ment in Lesson XIV as to the position of pronouns in 
the French sentence. 

The relative pronouns qui and que you have seen in 
sentences. Neither changes in form to show gender. 
Qui is used as subject of the verb, and que as object of 
the verb. After a preposition qui is used, not que, to 
mean whom, and quoi to mean which, what. The relative 
pronoun dont, which is equivalent to de and a relative, 
means of whom, of which, whose. 

The interrogatives need no special comment. Re- 
member the expression: A qui est la maison? — Whose 
house is it ? 

The demonstrative adjective ce, cette, ces is simple. 
The two demonstrative pronouns ceci and cela, which 
do not change for gender and number, are easy to under- 
stand. Celui is not used so often as the others you have 
learned. One of its important uses is as antecedent for 
a pronoun : Celui que vous cherchez — The one that 
you are looking for . Its various forms are given in the 
Appendix. Celui-ci and celui-la are easily understood 
from our ungrammatical expressions this here — that 
there. 

It will be of help to you to turn to the Appendix, and 
to study with some attention the pronouns and pro- 
nominal adjectives listed there. 

Translate : (Look up any words that you do not know in 
the vocabulary at the end of the book. This is good 
practice.) 

1. Sur Tun de ces morts etait une lettre sur l'envel- 
oppe de laquelle etait ecrit: celui qui trouvera 
mon cadavre voudra bien envoyer cette lettre 
avec l'indication exacte de ma tombe a . 



PRONOUNS (Review) VOCABULARY 139 

2. Je reve encore de ce dont je revais quand j'etais 
encore soldat a. l'instruction, — la grande entree 
a Berlin. 

3. Je suis un de ceux qui lui donnent le plus de travail. 

4. J'ai deux bu trois amis avec qui je puis causer 
intimement. 

5. II apporta un stack de lettres; j'en eus pour ma 
part trente-deux. 

6. Tout cela met de la gaiete dans tous les cceurs. 

7. J'ai vu vins, pain, viande — tout ce dont ont 
besoin les deux regiments. 

8. La fatigue etait telle qu'on finissait par ne plus 
rien voir ni sentir. 

9. La route 6tait couverte d'une boue affreuse, dans 
laquelle on avait peine a avancer. 

10. Je criai a la sentinelle de le laisser venir et je 
lui criai a lui-meme d 'avancer. 

EXERCISE 
(Numbers refer to the sentences above) 

(1) ces: kind of pronoun, gender, number, modifies 
what? 

laquelle: kind, gender, number, agrees with what 
in gender and number, use in sentence? 

celui: kind, gender, number, use in sentence? 

qui: kind? Does it change for gender or number? 
What is its antecedent? Use in clause? 

cette: kind, gender, number, agrees with what? 

ma: kind, gender, number, agrees with what? 

(2) dont: kind, meaning? 

(3) ceux: kind, gender, number? 

qui: kind, antecedent, use in clause? 
lui: kind, number, use in clause? 

(4) qui: kind, use in clause? 



140 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

(5) en: why is en used here? 

(6) cela : kind ? Does it change in form ? 

(7) dont : kind ? modifies what word ? 

(See Appendix) 
"POILU" 

Les hommes comprennent que leur fusil est leur 
meilleur ami, et ils en prennent grand soin; de plus, 
contrairement a ce qu'ecrivent certains journaux sur le 
"poilu", le soldat n'aime pas etre sale. II en souffre au 
contraire. Ce qui en est cause, c'est la fausse 6tymologie 
qu'on donne au mot "poilu". II ne vient pas de ce que 
le soldat est hirsute et mal rase, non; le motestvieux. 
Sous le Premier Empire c'etaient les grognards de la 
garde avec le bonnet a poil ; ces soldats etant (being) les 
meilleurs de Napoleon, on appela "brave a trois poils" 
quelqu'un dont la bravoure etait digne d'un grenadier. 
Aujourd'hui on dit "poilu" — c'est-a-dire seulement: 
"bon soldat". 



LESSON XXXIX 
REFLEXIVE VERBS 
You will find many reflexive verbs in French. They 
are not hard — except the name. 

We have one real reflexive verb in English — to 
behave It is conjugated thus in the present indicative : — 
I behave myself We behave ourselves 

You behave yourself You behave yourselves 
He behaves himself They behave themselves 
Also, many English verbs can be used reflexively: — 
He hurt himself. 
I can see myself. 
Cure yourself. 
Know yourself. 



REFLEXIVE VERBS 141 

Any verb is reflexive whose subject and object are 
the same person or thing. Any verb showing this har- 
mony in pronouns or in noun and pronoun is reflexive. 
Sometimes verbs that are reflexive in French are not 
reflexive in English. For example — il s'amuse means 
he is amusing himself or he is having a good time: il 
s'arrete means he stops himself, better — he stops. 
Sometimes the French prefers the reflexive form where 
English uses the passive. For example — il se nomine 
Robert, h'e is called Robert. 

Conjugation of se flatter, to flatter oneself. 

PRESENT 
je me flatte I flatter myself 

tu te flattes you flatter yourself 

il se flatte he flatters himself 

nous nous flattons we flatter ourselves 
vous vous flattez you flatter yourselves 
ils se flattent they flatter themselves 

IMPERFECT 
je me flattais I was flattering myself, etc. 

PRESENT PERFECT 

je me suis flatte(e) I have flattered myself, etc. 

PAST PERFECT 
je m'etais flatte(e) I had flattered myself, etc. 

FUTURE 
je me flatterai I shall flatter myself, etc. 

PAST DEFINITE 
je me flattai I flattered myself, etc. 

CONJUGATION OF THE PRESENT PERFECT 
Notice that if the subject is masculine, the participle 
is flatte; if the subject is feminine, the participle is 
flattee. In the plural add -s. 



142 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

PRESENT PERFECT OF se flatter 

For meaning see above. 

je me suis flatte or flattee 
tu t'es u u 

il s'est u « 

or elle s'est u 

nous nous sommes flattes or flattees 
vous vous etes " " 

ils se sont " " 

or elles se sont " 

PAST PERFECT 
je m'etais flatte or flattee 
tu t'etais " " 

il s'etait 
or elle s'etait u 

nous nous etions flattes or flattees 
vous vous etiez " * 

ils se sont u u 

or elles se sont " 

IMPERATIVE 
flatte-toi, natter yourself 
flattons-nous, let us natter ourselves 
flattez-vous, flatter yourself, or yourselves 
INFINITIVE 
Note these examples. 
j'ai tortde me flatter, I do wrong in flattering 

myself. 

il a u tt se " , he does wrong in flatter- 

ing himself. 
vous avez " a vous tt , you do wrong in flatter- 
ing yourself or your- 
selves. 



REFLEXIVE VERBS 



143 



ils ont tort de se flatter, 



*lever to raise se lever 

coucher to lay down secoucher 
*promenerto lead out se promener 

arreter to stop 

porter to carry 

amuser to amuse 



expnmer to express 
f acher to vex 
*avancer to push for- 
ward 
ouvrir to open 
fhabiller to dress 
rappeler to recall 
depecher to dispatch 



they do wrong in flatter- 
ing themselves. 

VOCABULARY 

to get up, rise 
to go to bed, retire 
to take a walk 
to come to a halt 
to be (well or sick) 
to have a good 
time 
s'exprimer to express oneself 
se facher to be vexed 

s'avancer to advance 



s'arreter 
se porter 
s'amuser 



to be opened, open 
to dress (oneself) 



s'ouvnr 

s'habiller 

se rappeler de to remember 

se depecher to hurry 



reunir to join again se reunir to meet, gather 

*appeler to give a s'appeler to be called 

name 

vendre to sell se vendre to be sold, sell 

s'ecrier to exclaim se mettre (a) to begin 
s'en aller to go away 

IRREGULAR CONJUGATION 
*Notice: (In the present tense) 
leve leves leve levons levent 

promene promenes promene promenons promenez pro- 
minent 
appelle appelles appelle appelons appelez appellent 
avancons 



144 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

EXERCISE 

1. Les enfants ne s'amuseront pas beaucoup. 

2. Comment votre petit frere s'appelle-t-il? 

3. Nous nous reunissons et nous nous amusons. 

4. On s'arrete et on s'amuse. 

5. Comment vous portez-vous? 

6. Je me porte tres bien. 

7. A quelle heure vous levez-vous? 

8. A la campagne nous nous levons a cinq heures. 

9. Vous vous exprimez bien en francais. 

10. Ne vous fachez pas — nous nous aire tons. 

11. Vous coucheriez-vous a neuf heures a la campagne? 

12. Nous nous amusons toujours quand vous etes 

chez nous. 

13. lis se levent a sept heures. 

14. Elles se promenent du matin au soir. 

15. Elles se sont promenees. 

16. Je me levai doucement et j'ouvris une fenetre. 

17. II se leva, s'avanca jusqu'a une des fenetres et se 

mit a regarder le village. 

18. Allons nous coucher; demain, quand vous vous 

leverez, il y aura du pain. 

19. II se leva brusquement et sortit. Je le suivis. 

EXERCISE 
Write in French: 

1. I get up. 7. I advance. 

2. You go to bed. 8. You cry out. 

3. He stops. 9. The door opens. 

4. We feel fine. 10. We express ourselves. 

5. You have a good time. 11. You are taking a walk. 

6. They hurry. 12. They gather. 



DISJUNCTIVE FORMS OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS 145 

LESSON XL 

DISJUNCTIVE FORMS 

of 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS 

The so-called disjunctive pronouns are used: 

1. As objects of prepositions. 

2. After etre, when the subject of etre is ce: 

C'est moi. 

3. In the French idiom, where the pronoun is 

used without grammatical connection 
with the rest of the sentence, for the pur- 
pose of emphasis : Moi, je vous aime — 
For my part, I like you. 
The disjunctive forms are: 

Singular Plural 

moi I, me nous we, us 

toi you vous you 

lui he, him eux they, them (masc.) 

elle she, her elles they, them (fern.) 

soi himself etc. soi themselves 
quoi what, which 
The French, by adding -meme to the disjunctive form 
of the pronoun, make the pronoun emphatic. This 
-meme may be translated by -self: moi-meme — 
myself. Add memes to the plurals. 
VOCABULARY 
acheter buy suivre follow 

tirer shoot craindre fear 

ffusiller shoot fameux, fameuse famous 

songer (a) think of, sans (prep.) without 

consider malgre (prep.) in spite of 
craindre — to fear suivre — to follow 



146 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Pres. je crains nous craignons je suis nous suivons 
tu crains vous craignez tu suis vous suivez 
il craint ils craignent il suit ils suivent 
Imperf. je craignais je suivais 

Future je craindrai je suivrai 

Cond. je craindrais je suivrais 

Past def. je craignis je suivis 

Past part. craint suivi 

Pres. Part, craignant suivant 

Translate : 

1. Moi, je vais dormir. 

2. Demain? De quoi demain? 

3. Moi, je suis content. 

4. Pour moi j'explorai un peu le village. 

5. Ici on parle francais. 

6. Cela va sans dire. 

7. Apres moi le deluge. 

8. Moi, je ne dis rien. 

9. L'etat, c'est moi. 

10. II rit bien qui rit le dernier. 

11. Voici en quoi consistait cette attaquer" 

12. On les suivit presque chez eux. 

13. Apres quoi on se mit en marche. 

14. Personne ne songea a tirer sur eux. 

15. Malgre soi on se faisait petit. 

16. L'un d'eux me passa le "Matin", que je lus avec 

plaisir. 

17. Dis done, toi, est-ce que tu veux etre fusille? 

18. L'oncle et moi nous regardions a la fenetre. 

19. J'ai vu la femme dont il parlait si souvent. 

20. Eh bien, toi, conduis-moi dans votre maison — vite! 

21. Le soldat et moi nous etions derriere lui. 

22. En un jour comme celui-ci nous sommes tres heureux. 



PRESENT PARTICIPLES 147 

23. J'ai achete du vin pour eux. 

24. Cette femme, dont vous parlez sans la connaitre, 

est une brave femme. 

25. Je connaissais assez le caractere espagnol pour etre 

tres sur de n'avoir rien a craindre d'un homme qui 
avait mange et fume avec moi. 

26. II y avait alors un fameux bandit dont les exploits 

etaient dans toutes les bouches. 



LESSON XLI 
PRESENT PARTICIPLES 
In French the present participle, with and without 
the preposition en, is used freely. (There is no dif- 
ference in translation when en is used and when it is 
not.) The present participle does not change for 
gender and number. 

PRESENT PARTICIPLES 
parl-er parlant — speaking 

part-ir partant — leaving 

mett-re mettant — putting 

recev-oir recevant — receiving 

These participles, you notice, are all formed the 
same: cut off the ending from the infinitive and add 
-ant. 

Learn the following list of participles irregularly 
formed : 

avoir — ayant ecrire — ecrivant 

etre — etant faire — faisant 

boire — buvant lire — lisant 

connaitre — connaissant prendre — prenant 
croire — croyant rire — riant 



148 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



conduire — conduisant savoir — sachant 

dire — disant voir — voyant 

VOCABULARY 



la journee day 
la nouvelle news 
les nouvelles news 



servir (like partir) serve (as) 
vivre live 

communiquer communicate 



la sorte 


kind, sort rire 




laugh 


de la sorte 


thus, in sourire 


(like rire) smile 




this way croire 


think 




conduire lead, conduct 


vivre 


— to live 




rire — to laugh 


Pres. je vis 


nous vivons 


je 


ris nous rions 


tu vis 


; vous vivez 


tu 


ris vous riez 


il vit ils vivent 


il 


rit ils rient 


Imperf. 


je vivais 




je riais 


Future 


je vivrai 




jerirai 


Cond. 


je vivrais 




je rirais 


Past def" 


je vecus 




je ris 


Past part. 


vecu 




ri 


Pres. part. 


vivant 




riant 


croire — to think 




conduire — to lead 


Pres. je crois nous croyons 


je 


conduis nous conduisons 


tu crois vous croyez 


tu conduis vous conduisez 


il croit ils croient 


il conduit ils conduisent 


Imperf. 


je croyais 




jeconduisais 


Future 


jecroirai 




jeconduirai 


Cond. 


je croirais 




je conduirais 


Past def. 


jeer us 




je conduisis 


Past part. 


cru 




conduit 


Pres. part. 


croyant 




conduisant 


Translate : 






1. N^ayant rien a faire, 


j'allai au cinema. 



THE IMPERSONAL falloir. THE SUBJUNCTIVE 149 

2. Rentrant, nous eumes la recompense du souper. 

3. II vivait seul dans la derniere maison du village, 

une petite maison n'ayant qu'une seule piece 
en bas. 

4. Comme mon cceur galopait en les voyant. 

5. En passant devant la maison, il cria: "Bonne 

nouvelle!" 

6. Ay ant parle de la sorte, elle sortit. 

7. Et moi, ne sachant que repondre, je ne dis rien. 

8. Puis, voyant mon frere, il le regarda gravement. 

9. "C'est Madame votre mere!" dit-il, en se levant. 
10. En ouvrant la porte de notre chambre, nous vimes 

que la femme n'etait plus la. 
11: La femme, en disant cela, etait triste. 

12. Jamais ma mere en parlant de ces choses ne dit 

rien contre mon pere. 

13. Tous les gens Tecoutaient en souriant. 

14. La meme piece servait de salon et de salle a man- 

ger, communiquant directement avec la cuisine 
par une porte to uj ours grande ouverte. 

15. Nous passames ensemble toute la journee, man- 

geant, buvant, et le reste. 

16. La dame, en passant, me regarda avec ses beaux 

yeux noirs. 



LESSON XLII 

THE IMPERSONAL falloir. THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present il f aut it is necessary ; il f aut manger, 

one must eat. 

Past and il fallaitl . 

, r .. £ .. ; , > it was necessary 
past def. il fallutj J 

Future il faudra it will be necessary 



150 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Present perf . il a fallu it has been necessary or was 

necessary. 
Conditional il faudrait it would be necessary 
Subjunctive 

Present qu'il faille can you get the translation from 

Past qu'il fallut the context? 

EXERCISE 

1. II faut voir. 2. II faut tout faire. 3. II faut 
ecrire. 4. II faut mourir. 5. II fallait aller. 6. II 
faudrait avoir de 1 'argent. 7. II faudra venir. 8. II 
faut savoir. 9. II faudra pouvoir tout faire. 10. II 
faut faire ce que voulait ton pere. 11. C'est a ton 
pere qu'il faut penser. 12. II ne nous faut (we need) 
que quinze minutes pour arriver a. la gare. 13. En 
voyage il faut tout voir. 14. Que faut-il faire? 
SUBJUNCTIVE 

You will find here an abundance of subjunctives from 
regular and irregular verbs. Draw your own conclusions 
about the formations. No meanings are given — this 
is an exercise in forms. 

PRESENT 

donner finir vendre avoir etre 

que je donne finisse vende aie sois 

que tu donnes finisses vendes aies sois 

qu'il donne finisse vende aie soit 

que nous donnions finissions vendions ayons soyons 

que vous donniez finissiez vendiez ayez soyez 

qu'ils donnent finissent vendent aient soient 
venir aller faire savoir pouvoir 

vienne "faille fasse sache peuve 

viennes failles fasses saches peuves 

vienne *}*aille fasse sache peuve 



THE IMPERSONAL falloir. THE SUBJUNCTIVE 



151 



venions 


allions 


fassions 


sachions 


pouvions 


veniez 


alliez 


fassiez 


sachiez 


pouviez 


viennent 


faillent 


fassent 


sachent 


peuvent 


vouloir 


voir 


dormir 


mettre 


mourir 


fveuille 


voie 


dorme 


mette 


meure 


*}*veuilles 


voies 


dormes 


mettes 


meures 


fveuille 


voie 


dorme 


mette 


meure 


voulions 


voyions 


dormions 


mettions 


mourions 


vouliez 


voyiez 


dormiez 


mettiez 


mouriez 


veuillent 


voient 


dorment 


mettent 


meurent 



1. In each verb what resemblance is there between 
the first and third singular? 2. Between the third 
plural, subjunctive and indicative? 3. In the first 
and second plural what indicative endings are used? 
4. In these last two questions, do you find any ex- 
ceptions? 5. What difference between the first and 
second singular? 

Be sure that you can recognize subjunctive forms when 
you see them. Otherwise they may puzzle you when you 
read French. It is not a matter of great importance to 
memorize more than their endings. 

PAST 

que je donnasse 
que tu donnasses 
qu'il donnat 

que nous«donnassions 
que vous donnassiez 
qu'ils donnassent 

fusse vinsse 

fusses vinsses 

fut vint 



finisse 


vendisse 


eusse 


finisses 


vendisses 


eusses 


finit 


vendit 


eut 


finissions 


vendissions 


eussions 


finissiez 


vendissiez 


eussiez 


finissent 


vendissent 


eussent 


fisse 


susse 


pusse 


fisses 


susses 


pusses 


fit 


sut 


put 



152 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



fussions vinssions fissions sussions pussions 


fussiez vinssiez fissiez sussiez pussiez 


fussent vinssent fissent sussent pussent 


voulusse visse dormisse 


misse 


voulusses visses dormisses 


misses 


voulut vit dormit 


mit 


voulussions vissions dormissions 


missions 


voulussiez vissiez dormissiez 


missiez 


voulussent vissent dormissent 


missent 



II faut que 
II faut has another use — with the conjunction que 
meaning that. 

II faut que j 'aille, it is necessary that I should go, 
or I must go, or I've got to go. 

EXERCISE 
1. II faut qu'il vienne. 2. II faut que nous sa- 
chions. 3. II faut que vous voyiez. 4. II faut qu'ils 
meurent. 5. II faut que vous fassiez quelque chose. 
6. II faut qu'un de nous aille a Paris. 7. II faut que 
j'y aille. 8. II faudrait partir. 9. II faut la guerre. 

10. II faut que je vous fasse encore une demande. 

11. Quand les gens ne veulent pas entendre de bonnes 
raisons, il faut leur en donner de meilleures. 12. II le 
faut, il le faut! 13. II faut que les enfants soient pos- 
sedes du diable. 14. II ne faut pas que nos propres 
{own) miseres {misfortunes) nous f assent oublier (forget) 
que d'autres sont encore plus malheureux que nous. 



LESSON XLIII 
THE IMPERATIVE. THE SUBJUNCTIVE (Continued) 
The Imperative has three forms, only two of which 
you will have occasion to use in making French sentences. 



THE IMPERATIVE. THE SUBJUNCTIVE (Continued) 153 

•The first form you will need to know only to read 

French stories. This form, from our point of view, is a 

harmless provincialism. You need the other two forms. 

Note this model : — 

IMPERATIVE OF A REGULAR VERB 
THERE IS ONLY ONE TENSE, THE PRESENT 

Second person singular parle, speak! 

First person plural parlons, let us speak I 

Second person plural parlez, speak! 

IRREGULAR IMPERATIVES 

Sing. sois aie viens va fais 

1 pi. soyons ayons venons allons faisons 

2 pi. soyez ayez venez allez faites 

vois veux sache dors 

voyons voulons sachons dormons 
voyez fveuillez sachez dormez 

USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE 
EVERY STUDENT SHOULD MEMORIZE THIS 

In the last lesson you learned that the subjunctive 
is used with il faut que. We also find it in expressions 
of wish, command, forbidding, request, consent, judg- 
ment, joy, anger, sorrow, etc. Also in clauses introduced 
by qui, ou, etc.; and in clauses preceded by seul, dernier, 
premier, etc. 

It is in many clauses beginning with avant que, 
jusqu'a ce que, sans que, afin que, en cas que, quoique, 
bien que, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE AS IMPERATIVE 
Vive la Republique, (long) live the Republic! This is 

really an imperative of the third person. 
Plut a Dieu, would (to) God! 
Qu'il parte, let him go! Have him depart! 



i54 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

EXERCISE 
1. C'est preferable que nous nous aidions les uns les 
autres. 2. Desirez-vous qu'il vende sa maison? 3. 
Nous esperons qu'il la vende. 4. II est certain qu'il la 
vende. 5. II est possible que nous passions la journee 
chez vous. 6. Pensez-vous qu'il nous recoive? 7. II 
n'aimait pas que Ton flattat son fils. 8. 'Honi soit qui 
mal y pense! 9. Dieu soit beni! 10. Que {whether) 
cette femme soit Francaise ou Allemande {German), 
qu'elle ait des idees republicaines ou non, cela ne m'in- 
quiete {disturb) pas. 11. Le plus grand crime de ceux 
qui gouvernent dans ce monde, c'est de refuser Ins- 
truction aux miserables afin que leurs races nobles soient 
toujours au-dessus {on top). 12. Ah! c'est grand; c'est 
beau! Quoique je sois partisan de la paix {peace), ca 
m'a touche. 13. Qu'ils soient Republicains ou non, 
qu'importe! 14. Quoique je recoive une pension du 
roi de Prusse, je suis force de dire que les Republicains 
ont raison. 15. Qu'elle soit benie! {Bless her!) 



LESSON XLIV 
IMPERSONAL VERBS 
Impersonal verbs are those appearing only in the third 
person singular, such as it rains, it is necessary, it pains 
me. 

CONJUGATION OF tonner, AND y avoir 
tonner — to thunder 
Indicative 

Present il tonne it thunders 

Imperfect il tonnait it thundered 

Future il tonnera it will thunder 



IMPERSONAL VERBS 



155 



Pres. perf. il a tonne it has thundered 

Past perf. il avait tonne it had thundered 
Past def . il tonna it thundered 

Conditional il tonnerait it would thunder 

y avoir '■ — to be 
Indicative 

Present il y a there is 

Imperfect il y avait there was 

Future il y aura there will be 

Pres. perf. il y a eu there was 

Past perf. il y avait eu there had been 
Past def. il y eut there was 

Conditional il y aurait there would be 

VOCABULARY 
il fait froid it is cold 
il fait chaud it is hot 
s'agir de to be a question of 

valoir to be worth, be 

valoir mieux to be better 



geler 

neiger 

pleuvoir 

greler 

eclairer 

degeler 



to freeze 
to snow 
to rain 
to hail 
to lighten 
to thaw 



s'en falloir to lack 
Tester to remain 

le vent wind 



importer to make a difference, 

matter 
weather 
to happen 



II fait 



Quel temps fait-il? 
D fait beau temps. 

beau. 
H pleut. II fait de la pluie 
II faisait bien froid. 
II a fait du vent. 
Est-ce qu'il fera obscur? 
II fait chaud. 



le temps 
arriver 

WEATHER 

What sort of weather is it? 
The weather is beautiful. 



It is raining. 

It was very cold. 

It has been windy. 

Will it be cloudy (or dark) ? 

It is hot. 



t56 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Translate: 

1. II faut aller. II faut que j'aille. 

2. II vaudra mieux ne rien dire. 

3. Mieux vaut tard que jamais. 

4. II importe. II n'importe. N'importe. 

5. II s'en faut de beaucoup. 

6. II arrive quelquefois dans les meilleures families. 

7. II n'arrivera jamais. 

8. II reste a savoir. (colloquial) Reste a savoir. 

9. II lui fallait la presence de son ami. 

10. II faisait encore nuit. 

11. Nous entrons, nous demandons du vin, de l'eau- 

de-vie {brandy), n'importe quoi. 

12. II vous faut maintenant du calme, madame. 

13. II faut tacher {try) de dormir. 

14. II me fallut done glisser {slide) seul, et, comme il 

faisait froid, au bout d'une demi-heure j'en eus 
bien assez. 

15. Cela m'est arrive deja bien sou vent. 

16. Qu'il fait froid dehors {outside)\ 

17. C'est de la vie active qu'il me faut. 

18. La France vaut bien la peine que Ton meure pour 

elle. 

19. Pas une minute ou il ne passe quelque chose. 

20. II faudra que je parte. 

21. II faut que je fasse encore une demande. 

22. II fait tard — il faudra partir avant le jour. 



LESSON XLV 

READING LESSON 
LA GUERRE 



1. (Look up words you do not know in vocabulary 
at end of book.) 



READING LESSON LA GUERRE 157 

15 mars. Nous sommes rentres hier au cantonne- 
ment. Pendant ces cinq jours, les plus terribles que 
j'ai passes, je n'ai pas,eu une minute de tranquillite phy- 
sique ou morale pour ecrire une seule ligne de mon jour- 
nal. J'ai eu, je crois, toute la lyre des emotions que peut 
fournir la guerre: bombardement, attaque, contre-at- 
taque — situation tou jours critique, longs et penibles 
mouvements dans les boyaux, et par-dessus tout, Ten- 
nemi terrible, bien plus terrible que les Boches, — la 
boue. Car les Boches ont leurs instants de repit, la 
boue est la, perpetuelle, implacable. 

2. Au bout de trois heures de marche on arriva au 
village de Perthes — lamentable fan tome de village — 
une eglise debout encore je ne sais par quel miracle. 
A ce moment il fallut s'arreter dans le boyau, les Boches 
envoy aient des shrapnels. La fatigue etait telle que 
quelques minutes je dormis, debout, appuye sur mon ba- 
ton. La sensation que Ton marchait me reveilla. II 
pleuvait. Oh, quand arriverons-nous enfin! 

3. II y avait plus de six heures que nous marchions. 
A la fin on s'arreta. J'allai avec ie guide inspecter mon 
nouveau domaine. L'abominable chose que cette tran- 
chee, un charnier — des morts, des morts par tout. Ah, 
ils ne s'etaient pas amuses, nos predecesseurs. lis 
avaient eu pres de vingt tues ou blesses. Ce n'etait 
pas encourageant que de voir tous ces morts. 

4. Le ravitaillement se fit tres mal. Les cuisiniers 
avaient a faire dans les boyaux le long et dur trajet qui 
nous avait cotlte tant d 'efforts. Ainsi ils ne nous ap- 
porterent que du cafe froid, de la viande toute couverte 
de terre et des legumes qu'il fallut jeter. Seul le vin 
arriva intact, pour notre plus grande joie. 

(After a successful repulse of a German attack.) 



158 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

5. La situation malgre tout etait peu drole: les ca- 
davres boches etaient tres nombreux — nos grenades 
avaient bien travaille — mais ils furent de suite noyes 
dans la boue; quand on marchait, on les enterrait davan- 
tage, et litteralement le sol de la tranchee etait couvert 
de morts. Cela nous formait tapis et la marche dans 
la boue etait moins penible. Nous etions tous radieux, 
sous la boue qui nous couvrait. Le commandant se de- 
clara tres satisfait. — 



LESSON XLVr 

TRAVEL 

VOCABULARY 

la gare station 

le chemin de fer railroad 

le train train 

la voiture coach, car 

le voyage trip 

le voyageur passenger, traveler 

la malle trunk 

le colis hand-baggage (one piece) 

le bagage baggage 

faire enregistrer les bagages to check the baggage 
fie billet ticket 

le guichet ticket- window 

le facteur porter, "red cap" 

la salle d'attente waiting-room 

Write in French, and correct by Appendix: 

1. I am going to take a trip. 

2. I am going to the station. 

3. Have you much baggage? 

4. No, I have not much. 



TRAVEL VOCABULARY 15 <> 

5. Have you a trunk? 

6. Yes, I have two. 

7. They must be checked. 

8. Do you want to check your hand-baggage (plur.) ? 

9. No, I shall carry it in (a) my hand. 

10. Have you your ticket? 

11. No, I haven't it yet. 

12. Buy (prendre) the ticket of (a) the man who is 

there at the ticket-window. 

13. Let's go to the car. 

14. You are going to get on (monter) the train (say car) 

with me, are you not? 
The following selection is from a little comedy of 
Labiche and Martin, called "Le Voyage de Monsieur 
Perrichon." 

LE VOYAGE DE MONSIEUR PERRICHON 
ACTE PREMIER 
La gare du chemin de fer de Lyon a Paris. — Au fond, 
rriere ouvrant sur les salles d'attente. Au fond, L 
roite, guichet, pour les billets. Au fond, a gauche, 
bancs. A droite, marchande de gateaux; a gauche, mar- 
chande de livres. 

SCENE II 
Un employe du chemin de fer, Perrichon, Madame 
Perrichon, Henriette. 

(lis entrent par la droite) 
PERRICHON. Par ici!. . . .ne nous quittons pas! nous 

ne pourrions plus nous retrouver Ou sont nos ba- 

gages? . . . . (Regardant a droite.) Ah! tres bien! Qui 

est-ce qui a les parapluies? 

HENRIETTE. Moi, papa. 



160 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

PERRICHON. Et le sac de nuit? . . . . les manteaux?. . 

MADAME PERRICHON. Les voici. 

PERRICHON. Et mon panama?. . . .11 est reste dans 
le fiacre! (Faisant une mouvement pour sortir et 

s'arretant.) Ah! non! je Pai a la main! Dieu, que 

j'ai chaud! 

MADAME PERRICHON. C'est ta faute!. . . .tu nous 
presses, tu nous bouscules!. . . .je n'aime pas a voyager 
comme ca! 

PERRICHON. C'est le depart qui est laborieux 

une fois que nous serons cases!. . . . Restez la, je vais 
prendre les billets .... (Donnant son chapeau a Hen- 
rietta.) Tiens, garde-moi mon panama . . . .(Au guichet) 
Trois premieres pour Lyon!.... 

L'EMPLOYE (brusquement). Ce n'est pas ouvert! 
Dans un quart d'heure! 

PERRICHON (a l'employe) Ah! pardon! c'est la pre- 
miere fois que je voyage. . . . (Revenant a sa femme.) 
Nous sommes en avance. 

MADAME PERRICHON. La! quand je te disais que 
nous avions le temps .... Tu ne nous as pas laissees 
dejeuner! 

PERRICHON. II vaut mieux toe en avance!. .. .on 
examine la gare! (A Henriette.) Eh bien, petite 
fille, es-tu contente?. . . .Nous voila partis!. . . .encore 
quelques minutes, et, rapides comme la fleche de 
Guillaume Tell, nous nous elancerons vers les Alpes! 
(A sa femme.) Tu as pris la lorgnette? 

MADAME PERRICHON. Mais oui! 

HENRIETTE, (a son pere). Sans reproches, voila au 
moins deux ans que tu nous promets ce voyage. 



TRAVEL VOCABULARY 161 

•PERRICHON. Ma fille, il fallait que j'eusse vendu 
mon fonds .... Un commercant ne se retire pas aussi 
facilement des affaires qu'une petite fille de son pen- 
sionnat. . . . D'ailleurs, j'attendais que ton education 
fut terminee pour la completer en faisant rayonner de- 
vant toi le grand spectacle de la nature! 

MADAME PERRICHON. Ah ca! est-ce que vous al- 
lez continuer comme ca?. . . . Vous faites des phrases 
dans une gare! 

PERRICHON. Je ne fais pas de phrases. . . .j'eleve les 
idees de l'enfant. (Tirant de sa poche un petit car- 
net.) Tiens, ma fille, voici un carnet que j'ai achete 
pour toi, pour ecrire d'un cote la depense, et de Pau- 
tre nos impressions de voyage! Tu ecriras, et moi, 
je dicterai. 

MADAME PERRICHON. Comment! vous allez vous 
faire auteur a present? 

PERRICHON. II ne s'agit pas de me faire auteur. . . . 
mais il me semble qu'un homme du monde peut avoir 
des pensees et les recueillir sur un carnet! 

MADAME PERRICHON. Ce sera bien joli! 

PERRICHON (a part). Elle est comme ca, chaque 
fois qu'elle n'a pas pris son cafe! 

UN FACTEUR (poussant un petit chariot charge de 
bagages). Monsieur, voici vos bagages. Voulez-vous 
les faire enregistrer ? 

PERRICHON. Certainement! Mais, auparavant, je 
vais les compter .... parce que, quand on sait son 
compte. . . . Un, deux, trois, quatre, cinq, six, ma fem- 
me, sept, ma fille huit. et moi, neuf. Nous sommes 
neuf. 

LE FACTEUR. Enlevez: 

PERRICHON (courant vers le fond). Depechons-nous! 



162 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

LE FACTEUR. Pas par la, c'est par ici! (II indique 

la gauche.) 
PERRICHON. Ah! tres bien! (Aux femmes.) Atten- 

dez-moi la!. . . .ne nous perdons pas! (II sort en cou- 

rant, suivant le facteur.) 



LESSON XLVII 

SYNOPSIS OF VERBS 
The French has certain compound forms of the verb 
that are really passive forms. These are so much like 
the English that it has not been considered necessary 
to give any special drill on them. A set of these forms 
has been given below, and you should read them over, 
just to see how easy they are. 

The past participle in the passive, as is always the 
case when the auxiliary is etre, not avoir, changes in 
ending to agree with the subject of the verb. Je (masc.) 
suis flatte, nous (masc.) sommes flattes, je (fern.) suis 
flattee, nous (fern.) sommes flattees. 
Indicative 

Present je suis flatte I am flattered 

Imperfect j'etais flatte I was flattered 

Future je serai flatte I shall be flattered 

Pres. perf. j'ai ete flatte I have been flattered 

Past perf. j'avais ete flatte I had been flattered 

Past def. je fus flatte I was flattered 

Conditional 

Present je serais flatte I would be flattered 

Past j'aurais ete flatte I would have been 

Subjunctive etc - 

Present que je sois flatte 
Imperfect que je fusse flatte 



SYNOPSIS OF VERBS 163 

Pres. perf. que j'aie ete flatte 

Past perf. que j'eusse ete flatte 

(The set of forms, as given above, is called a synopsis 
of a verb. Giving a synopsis of a verb, now in one 
person, now in another, is a good means of drill, and one 
you can practice alone, correcting yourself afterward 
by carefully looking up the forms where they have been 
given in the text.) 

1. Give a synopsis of aller in the first person singular, 
N active voice. 

2. Give a synopsis of voir in the third sing., active. 

3. Give a synopsis of avoir in the first plural, active. 

4. Give a synopsis of etre in the second person plural 

(active) . 

5. Give a synopsis of venir in third plural (active). 

(Correct by Appendix) 

You notice no synopsis has been called for in the 
passive voice. The passive voice is relatively unim- 
portant. 

Considerable time has been given to French verbs in 
this book, because they are very important, and they 
are considered difficult. They are difficult, and they 
are not. A stammering high school boy, when asked to 
recite on verbs, used to say: "W-wa-wait a minute! .... 
J-Ju-just start me off!" So in French verbs, if we just 
start you off, the rest is not difficult: it is merely a 
matter of learning several sets of endings. 

You have been given many of the most important 
irregular verbs. Unfortunately that does not mean that 
you know them. There is so much to remember, and 
it is so easy to forget. — A carefully prepared table of 
irregular verbs will be found in the Appendix. This 
should "start you off". Study it, until you know just 



164 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



where to find the forms that you need, then refer to it 
patiently until you really know your verbs. This may 
not be until the end of your second year of study. 

Because you need drill on this, ten verb lists follow. 
Write these, using your table of parts in the Appendix, 
then compare what you have written with the correct 
lists given in the Appendix. Then study your correct 
list, and try writing it again. Do not try to write more 
than one list in an evening, and keep at each one until 
you really know the forms. Never forget that languages 
must have time to soak in. 

A complete conjugation of several verbs is also given 
at tlu end of the book. Look these over at your leisure. 

FIRST VERB LIST 



1. 


to have 


20. 


they had been 


2. 


she has not 


21. 


people had (imp.) 


3. 


he has had 


22. 


you were (past def.) 


4. 


they (m.) are 


23. 


I had (imp.) 


5. 


we had been 


24. 


I had (pres. perf.) 


6. 


that he may have 


25. 


I had (past, def.) 


7. 


he will be 


26. 


people have 


8. 


people are 


27. 


being 


9. 


having 


28. 


you are 


10. 


to be 


29. 


I shall have 


11. 


we shall be 


30. 


that one may be 


12. 


we have 


31. 


people will be 


13. 


we had (imp.) 


32. 


he will have 


14. 


to have been 


33. 


having been 


15. 


I would be 


34. 


let us be 


16. 


having had 


35. 


to have had 


17. 


they would be 


36. 


that they may be 


18. 


we were (past def .) 


37. 


have! 


19. 


I should have 


38. 


he was (imp.) 



EXERCISE IN VOCABULARY 165 



39. he was (pres. perf.) 42. let us have 

40. he was (past def.) 43. I shall be 

41. we are 44. they (/.) have had 
45. that I might be 



LESSON XLVIII 
EXERCISE IN VOCABULARY 



battre 


to beat 




mouvoir 


to move 


se battre 


to fight 




offrir 


to offer 


courir 


to run 




paraitre 


to appear, seem 


couvrir 


to cover 




plaire 


to please 


devoir 


to owe, ought, 


reconnaitre 


to recognize 




must 




rompre 


to break 


envoyer 


to send 




souffrir 


to suffer 



These verbs are all irregular. Learn their various 
forms by consulting the table of irregular verbs at end 
of book. 

Translate : 

1. J'enverrai votre malle avec le train suivant. Vous 

le trouverez a la gare demain a six heures du 
matin. 

2. Combien ae temps faut-il pour envoyer ma malle 

a Calais? 

3. Ces chambres ne me plaisent pas. 

4. Envoy ez a la gare chercher mes bagages. 

5. Que dois-je faire pour voir votre mere? 

6. La chambre me parait un peu chaude. Peut-on 

ouyrir la fenetre ? 

7. Vous ne mangez pas. Que puis-je vous offrir? 

Vous offrirai-je de la salade? Puis-je vous offrir 
du fromage? 



166 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

8. Je veux envoyer une depeche (telegram) a ma mere. 

Je ne sais pas comment je dois l'ecrire. 

9. Faut-il mettre d'abord (first) le nom de celui qui 

envoie ou de celui qui recoit? 

10. Si tout va bien, vous recevrez la reponse ce soir. 

11. Cette route, me conduira-t-elle au chateau? 

12. Conduisez-moi rue Wilson. 

13. Combien vous dois-je? Voici l'argent. 

14. Vous devez connaitre le pays. 

15. Est-ce ainsi qu'un homme doit parler? 

16. Est-ce qu'on devrait souffrir cela dans le pays? 

17. Vous devez etre gele (frozen). 

18. On doit attaquer cette nuit. 

19. Je courus la avec ma sceur. Moi, je ne cherchai 

que mes freres. II me fallut quelque temps pour 
les decouvrir. 

20. Mon frere paraissait beaucoup plus grand, mais je 

le reconnus tout de meme. Tous les soldats, 
oui, presque tous je les reconnaissais. 

21. Moi, je suis tout a la joie d'aller me battre. 

22. Bonnes nouvelles, on se bat ferme! 

SECOND VERB LIST 

1. beating 12. he ought (past def.) 

2. fighting 13. they were running 

3. they beat 14. I shall send 

4. they fight 15. he covered (past def.) 

5. beaten 16. he covers 

6. we beat (past def .) 17. he sent (past def.) 

7. he will run 18. he runs 

8. she has covered 19. they had moved 

9. he ought (pres.) 20. offering 

10. he ought (imperf.) 21. having run 

11. he ought (pres. perf.) 22. appearing 



REVIEW OF PARTICIPLES 



167 



23. 


we moved (past def.) 


36. 


they appeared (past 


24. 


appeared 




def.) 


25. 


I ran (past def.) 


37. 


pleased 


26. 


they will appear 


38. 


he pleased (past def.) 


27. 


he will offer 


39. 


having offered 


28. 


pleasing 


40. 


he will suffer 


29. 


they w r ere moving 


41. 


they suffer 


30. 


they would move 


42. 


I offered (past def.) 


31. 


they will move 


43. 


she has suffered 


32. 


break 


44. 


they have recognized 


33. 


we have appeared 


45. 


he recognized (past 


34. 


we sent (past def.) 




def.) 


35. 


he breaks 







LESSON XLIX 



REVIEW OF PARTICIPLES 
Try to see how many of the short English sentences 
you can write. You will make many mistakes, but 
every one you get right is so much gain. Compare 
them with correct forms in Appendix. (Of course, in 
many cases, the sentence might be given in quite another 
way than in the Appendix, and be absolutely correct, 
but at your stage of advancement, you must accept 
meekly the one way and learn that. You will be safe 
in this.) 

1. Let's go to bed. 

2. We went up to our rooms (past def.) 

3. I went to bed. (past def.) 

4. I got up. 

5. I opened a window. 

6. While (en) dressing, I was cold (imperf.) 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



7. I dressed very quickly (past def.) 

8. What is it? 

9. They are right. 

10. He got up. 

11. We have all slept. 

12. You have been sick. 

13. All is going well. 

14. Everything will go better. 

15. Listen carefully. 

THIRD VERB LIST 
PARTICIPLES 
(Study your table of irregular verbs with special 
reference to the participles, and then write this list from 
memory.) 



1. 


going 


19. 


fearing 


2. 


having gone 


20. 


feared 


3. 


having had 


21. 


believing 


4. 


fighting 


22. 


he has believed 


5. 


having fought 


23. 


owing 


6. 


drinking 


24. 


he has owed 


7. 


having drunk 


.25. 


saying 


8. 


understanding 


26. 


you had said 


9. 


he has understood 


27. 


seeing 


10. 


leading. 


28. 


writing 


11. 


they have led 


29. 


making 


12. 


knowing 


30. 


they have read 


13. 


knowing 


31. 


having put 


14. 


having known 


32. 


dying 


15. 


having known 


S3. 


dead 


16. 


we have constructed 


34. 


he has appeared 


17. 


he has lived 


35. 


he has been able 


18. 


covered 


36. 


he has taken 



REVIEW OF PAST DEFINITES 



169 



LESSON L 
REVIEW OF PAST DEFINITES 
Write in French, and correct by Appendix: 

1. I know him well. 

2. What is this man's name? 

3. I beg of you, say no more of all that. 

4. I will say no more about it. 

5. Fear nothing. You are with friends. 

6. As for me, I went out to the kitchen to eat breakfast. 

7. What are you thinking about anyway? 

8. Do give us the pleasure of (de) coming to take 

coffee with us. 

FOURTH VERB LIST 
PAST DEFINITES 

(Review Lesson XL. Study your table of parts, then 
write this from memory, making all the verbs past 
definite.) 

we came 

he was 

they took 

we knew 

it was necessary 

you came 

they read 

they sent 

I was able 

I wished 

they appeared 

we did 

they feared 

he thought 

he ought 



1. 


I came 


16. 


2. 


one had 


17. 


3. 


I went 


18. 


4. 


he took 


19. 


5. 


he knew 


20. 


6. 


I saw 


21. 


7. 


he did 


22. 


8. 


he led 


23. 


9. 


he came 


24. 


10. 


you had 


25. 


11. 


he went 


26. 


12. 


we took 


27. 


13. 


they saw 


28. 


14. 


we wrote 


29. 


15. 


he sent 


30. 



31. 


they came 


32. 


you went 


33. 


he was able 


34. 


we saw 


35. 


you did 


36. 


we were 


37. 


they went 


38. 


we were able 


39. 


they knew 


40. 


we said 


41. 


they slept 


42. 


they were 


43. 


I knew 


44. 


we wished 


45. 


they did 



170 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

LESSON LI 
REVIEW OF PAST TENSES 
Write in French, and correct by the Appendix: 

1. Whose fault (la faute) is it? 

2. How is your mother? 

3. We will go together at once. 

4. I am going to stay away (absent) till evening. 

5. He might be fifty years old. 

6. What are you doing this afternoon? 

7. I don't know; I will go walking with you. 

8. I come from B Everything is going well 

down there. 

9. I will tell you the rest in a minute. 
10. Everybody was there. 

FIFTH VERB LIST 
PAST TENSES 

The English past tense is expressed by three different 
tenses in French: 

Imperfect — je parlais I was speaking, I spoke 

Present Perf. — j'ai parle I have spoken, I spoke 

Past Definite — je parlai I spoke 

Write in this same order the three past forms, first 
plural, of each of the following verbs: 

1. to go 9. to write 

2. to have 10. to send 

3. to fight 11. to make 

4. to be acquainted with 12. to appear 

5. to fear 13. to take 

6. to believe 14. to break 

7. to owe, ought 15. to hold 

8. to say 



NEWS FROM THREE FRONTS 171 

LESSON LII 

NEWS FROM THREE FRONTS 

From LE MATIN 

(Printed at the top of the first page of this famous Paris newspaper.) 

LUNDI 9 SEPTEMBRE 1918 

DAILY LESSON IN ENGLISH 
LES PHRASES USUELLES. — 9 \ 

Shall I take you to it ? = Voulez-vous que je vous 
chall aii t;k iou tou itt y accompagne ? 

(Mot a mot: Prendrai-je vous vers cela ?) 

No I can find it by myself = Non. je saurai y aller 
nd a? cann fainnd itt bai maiisselff tout seul. 



(Mot a mot : Non. je peux trouver cela par moi-me'me.) 



Keep straight ahead = Continuez droit devant vous. 
kip streite ehed (Mot a mot: P0UrSUiV8Z droit en avant.) 



La Guerre 

l,476 e jour de guerre 
Communiques officiels 



FRONT FRANQAIS 



17 AOttT. — 2 HEURES APR&S-MIDI 

Dans la region a Pouest de Roye, 
grande activite de l'artillerie au cours 
de la nuit. 

Au sud de l'Avre, nous avons conti- 
nue notre progression dans le bois des 
Loges et atteint les lisieres est. 



172 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Entre le Matz et POise, nous avons 
repousse de fortes attaques ennemies 
sur le Monolithe et la ferme Carmoy 
et maintenu nos positions. 

Au nord-ouest de Reims, un coup de 
main ennemi sur la Neuvilette n'a pas 
obtenu de resultat. 



FRONT BRITANNIQUE 



17 AOtTT. — APR&S-MIDI 
La pression de nos troupes au nord 
de la route de Roye et au nord de 
l'Ancre a continue. Nous avons realise 
des progres dans ces deux secteurs. 

Hier, dans le voisinage de Vieux- 
Berquin, nos patrouilles ont soutenu de 
vifs combats. De nouveaux combats ont 
eu lieu pendant la nuit. Nos troupes 
ont realise des progres dans ce secteur 
et fait des prisonniers aux environs de 
Merris. 



FRONT AMERICAIN 



17 AOtTT. — 9 HEURES SOIR 
Dans les Vosges, nos troupes au cours 
d'une attaque locale reussie se sont em- 
parees du village de Frapelle. 

Hier, en Lorraine, un de nos aviateurs 
a abattu un appareil ennemi. 
[Frapelle, dans 1' arrondissement de Saint-Die, a 10 kilometres 
environ a Test de cette sous-prefecture.] 



NEWSPAPER FRENCH 



173 



SIXTH VERB LIST 
FUTURE AND CONDITIONAL 



Review Lesson XXXI and Lesson XXXVII. 


1. I should wish 


23. 


it would be necessary 


2. he will live 


24. 


he will see 


3. I shall see 


25. 


we should come 


4. he will come 


26. 


he will send 


5. it will be worth 


27. 


he would follow 


6. we shall follow 


28. 


she will be 


7. she will laugh 


29. 


he would hold 


8. they will break 


30. 


it will appear 


9. they would put 


31. 


he will die 


0. I shall hold 


32. 


we shall see 


1. he will follow 


33. 


he will make 


2. I shall be able 


34. 


she will suffer 


3. would you wish? 


35. 


I shall know 


4. he would live 


36. 


they would come 


5. I shall come 


37. 


he would know 


6. it would please 


38. 


he would suffer 


7. he will take 


39. 


he would die 


8. he will wish 


40. 


he would laugh 


9. it will be necessary 


41. 


they will make 


0. they would break 


42. 


we shall say 


1. we shall read 


43. 


he would write 


2. he will hold 


44. 


they would fear 


45. 


I shall : 


run 



LESSON LI 1 1 
NEWSPAPER FRENCH 



Les sentiments avec lesquels les Etats-Unis sont entres 
dans la guerre ont ete exprimes avec un melange d'in- 



174 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

genuite, de bonne grace et d'eloquence par un de leurs 
chefs, le general Johnson Hagood, a une reception de 
la Societe des French Homes qui s'est constitute pour 
faire gotiter aux Americains un peu de Phospitalite 
francaise. Son discours n'a pas ete repandu autant 
qu'il aurait du Tetre. Je regrette de n'en pouvoir tra- 
duire que quelques lignes. 

« Le marechal Joftre, a-t-il dit, et les autres grands ge- 
neraux francais sont des professeurs d'art militaire. Les 
soldats americains et moi-meme, nous ne sommes que 
les eleves de cette grande ecole. lis representent la 
maturite virile de soldats francais entraines. Nous re- 
presentons la jeunesse d'une nation qui n'est pas mili- 
taire, la vigueur, Tesprit d'une Amerique inexperimentee, 
mais ardente a apprendre.» Et il terminait par ces pa- 
roles, qui sont a la hauteur des plus beaux mouvements 
oratoires que je connaisse: 

« Nous ne sommes venus en France pour realiser aucun 
profit materiel. Nous ne pre tendons a partager aucun 
butin. Nous sommes venus pour soutenir une cause qui 
nous parait juste, et lorsque nous aurons remporte la 
victoire, nous nous en retournerons les mains vides. 
Nous n'emporterons que nos morts.» 
SEVENTH VERB LIST 
PRESENT TENSE 



1. 


he goes 


9. 


he fears 


16. 


do! 


2. 


they have 


10. 


do you be- 


17. 


he puts 


3. 


we drink 




lieve 


18. 


they fear 


4. 


they lead 


11. 


tell! 


19. 


he dies 


5. 


he covers 


12. 


they say 


20. 


I move 


6. 


they believe 


13. 


I send 


21. 


it appears 


7. 


we go 


14. 


they write 


22. 


they do. 


8. 


they drink 


15. 


are you going 


23. 


it rains 





NEWSPAPER 


FRENCH —(Continued) 


175 


24. 


he reads 


32. 


they know 


39. 


do you know 


25. 


they read 


33. 


they know 


40. 


he suffers 


26. 


I can 


34. 


we do 


41. 


he follows 


27. 


can I 


35. 


they go 


42. 


I hold 


28. 


they move 


36. 


I laugh 


43. 


they come 


29. 


they can 


37. 


he breaks 


44. 


they hold 


30. 


they appear 


38. 


they put 


45. 


come! 


31. 


he takes 











. LESSON LIV 
NEWSPAPER FRENCH (Continued) 

Ainsi, nos amis d'Amerique nous ont rendu le ser- 
vice de nous communiquer leur bonne humeur entre 
tant d'autres services, et si grands que nous ne pouvons 
encore les estimer a leur prix veritable. Ce qui nous a 
le plus frappes en les decouvrant, c'est leur gaiete: non 
pas une gaiete exterieure, a gros rires, mais le rayonne- 
ment de grands garcons dont l'equilibre moral egale la 
sante physique. 

Nous avions trop de raisons d'etre tristes lorsqu'ils 
sont venus. Deuils et fatigues pesaient sur nous. Nous 
etions rentres a la maison comme une famille au retour 
d'une ceremonie funebre. C'etait le soir, semblait-il. 
Nous nous tenions tous autour de la table, a nous 
compter. Le grand frere a ouvert la porte. II a dit 
bonjour d'une belle voix claire, et tout de suite, avant de 
s'asseoir, il a remonte la meche de la lampe. Puis, il 
a deballe ses provisions. A ce moment, on a frappe au 
dehors; nous avons frissonne. Lui, il s'est leve, en re- 
troussant ses manches; il est sorti si gaillardement que 
nous avons ete le rejoindre dans le corridor. Nous avions 
pris une part de la vie dont il debordait. Nous n'avons 



176 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

pu nous con tenter de le suivre, nous lui avons indique 
le chemin, nous l'avons precede; enfin, nous lui avons 
montre comment nous avions fait, seuls, les premieres 

fois Avant d'achever la tache commune, les grands 

garcons calmes expliquent pourquoi ils sont venus et 
pourquoi ils ont apporte deux sortes d'outils. 

« II faut sarcler le champ avant de semer. Nous de- 
barrasserons votre belle terre des fils de fer et des betes 
sauvages, puis nous planterons. Nous allons faire la 
plus raisonnable des associations. Pour bien compren- 
dre notre apport reciproque, prenez dans votre gram- 
maire le verbe etre et le verbe avoir. Les verbes auxi- 
liaires ont tou jours servi a conjuguer les autres verbes. 
La France est le verbe etre; l'Amerique est le verbe 
avoir. Vous, vous etes, vous etes la cellule, le passe, 
la race, la tradition. Nous, nous avons. Nous avons 
le sang, l'avenir, la force de l'argent, de la machine, du 
muscle. Peut-etre etes-vous plus riches que nous, mais 
vous risquiez d'etre voles, d'etre assassines. En nous 
associant, nous evitons ce risque et nous nous assurons 
une part egale de dividendes: Vous etes et desormais 
vous aurez; nous avons et desormais nous seronsl» 
EIGHTH VERB LIST 
PRESENT AND PAST SUBJUNCTIVE 
(May be omitted) 

1 . that he may have 9. that I may know 

2. that he might have 10. that he may wish 

3. that I may be able 11. that I may make 

4. that they may see 12. that I may wash 

5. that I may wish. 13. that one may be 

6. that I may be 14. that I may see 

7. that I might be 15. that they may come 

8. that he may go 16. that I may come 



NEWSPAPER FRENCH— (Continued) 



177 



17. that we may wish 

18. that we may take 

19. that they may wash 

20. that they may know 

21. that I may have 

22. that I might have 

23. that they may wish 



24. that he may take 

25. that he may follow 

26. that they may be 
21. that they might be 

28. that he may make 

29. that they may be able 

30. that he might hold 
NINTH VERB LIST 

NEGATIVES 
(Use past definite for English simple past in this 
exercise) 

16. they have led me there 

17. fearing nothing 

18. they saw no one 

19. you never came 

20. he has not lived long 

21. we did not write to him 

22. he never went there 

23. we have had none of it 

24. we have known him , 

25. we have written to you 
9. I will not have any of it 26. we have sent it to him 

10. that I might be happy 27. I shall see him tomorrow 

11. he has not been able 28. we shall read them at 

12. he has taken none of it once 

13. they did not go there 29. he would not know it 

14. no one has believed it 30. he will take ten of them 

1 5 . he understood none of it 



1. they do not fight 

2. he will never run 

3. I will send two of them 

4. we moved nothing 

5. he will not suffer any 

more 

6. they will never appear 

7. I have not had (any) 

of it 

8. we are not there 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



TENTH VERB LIST 
INTERROGATIVE FORMS 
(Use Est-ce que with the first ten sentences) 



1 . Are you ill ? 

2. Will she be there to- 

morrow ? 

3. Will you tell me the 

name? 

4. Will he send me the 

money ? 

5. Would he come? 

6. Would she suffer 

much? 

7. Did the children break 

it? 

8. Have you not written 

to him ? 

9. Are you going to stay ? 
10. Will you take a walk 

with me? 



11. When does one get to 

Paris? 

12. Whose house is this? 

13. How many children had 

he? 

14. How do you arrive? 

15. What time does the train 

go? 

16. Do you understand 

French ? 

17. Must I see your father? 

18. Will the train leave in 

ten minutes? 

19. Could you give me some 

money ? 

20. Has he many children? 



APPENDIX 



First 
Person 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS 

Disjunct- 
Subject Direct Object Indirect Object ive 
I je me me,moi tome me,moi moi 
we nous us nous to us nous nous 



Second you ftu) you (te, toi) 
Person vous vous 



to you (te, toi) 
vous 



(toi) 
vous 



he, it il him, it le to him lui 

she, it elle her, it la to her lui 

one on to it lui 

Third himself se to himself se 

Person herself se to herself se 

itself se to itself se 

they(m) ils them(m) les to them (m) leur 

they(f) elles them (f) les to them (f) leur 

themselves se to themselves se 



lui 
elle 
lui 
soi 
soi 
soi 
eux 
elles 
soi 
quoi 
(rel. and 
inter.) 



PRONOUNS 

1 Possessive Adjectives 

2 Possessive Pronouns 

3 Interrogative Adjective 

4 Interrogative Pronoun 

5 Demonstrative Adjective 

6 Demonstrative. Pronoun 



179 



180 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 







Singular 


Plural 






Masculine 


Feminine 


Masculine 


Feminine 


1 


my 


mon 


ma 


mes 


mes 


2 


mine 


le mien 


la mienne 


les miens 


les miennes 


1 


your 


ton 


ta 


tes 


tes 


2 


yours 


le tien 


la tienne 


les tiens 


les tiennes 


1 


your 


votre 


votre 


vos 


vos 


2 


yours 


le vCtre 


la votre 


les vocres 


les votres 


1 


our 


notre 


notre 


nos 


nos 


2 


ours 


le n&tre 


la n6tre 


les notres 


les notres 


1 


their 


leur 


leur 


leurs 


leurs 


2 


theirs 


le leur 


la leur 


les leurs 


les leurs 


3 


which 
what 


quel 


quelle 


quels 


quelles 


4 


which 


lequel 


laquelle 


lesquels 


lesquelles 


5 


this, that 


ce (cet) 


cette 


ces 


ces 


6 


this (one) 
that (one) 


celui 


celle 


ceux 


celles 


6 


this one 


celui-ci 


celle-ci 


ceux-ci 


celles-ci 




(here) 










6 


that one 












(there) 


celui-la 


celle-la 


ceux-la 


celles-la 



The Relative and Interrogative Pronouns, qui, que, quoi, dont 

— which do not change in form to show gender and number — have 
not been included in this table. 

The Demonstratives cela and ceci have been omitted. 

The Relatives lequel, laquelle, have not been emphasized. They 
are not so very common, and present some difficulties 

IRREGULAR VERBS 

USED IN THIS BOOK 

Questions on the Formation of Tenses and Moods 

The symbol f means that the // is to be given the liquid sound 

or, less accurately, not sounded at all ; or that the gn is to be sounded 

like ny in canyon. 



APPENDIX 



181 



From which Principal Part are the Present Indicative and 
Subj unctive formed ? 

From which Part is the Imperfect Indicative formed? 

From which Part is the Future formed? 

In aimer and finir how is the Future formed from the first 
Part? 

How is the Present Conditional formed from the Future In- 
dicative? 

From which Part is the Past Definite formed? 

Is this true in etre, atteindre, battre, conduire, and coudre? 

Is there any resemblance between the Past Definite and the 
Past Subjunctive? 

What resemblance is there between the Present Indicative 
and the Present Imperative? 

Is this true in etre, avoir, and savoir? 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Cond. 




Pres. Part. 
Impf. Ind. 


Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 


aller, to go 

irai 

irais 




allant 

allais 


alle -e 
allai 

allasse 


Pres. Ind. vais 

Imper. 

Pres. Subj. faille 


vas 
va 

faille s 


va allons 

allons 

faille allions 


allez vont 

allez 

alliez faillent 


avoir, to have 


ayant 


en -e 


aurai 






eus 


aurais 




avais 


eusse 


Pres. Ind. ai 


as 


a avons 


avez ont 


Imper. 

Pres. Subj. aie 


aie 

aies 

also 


ayons 
ait ayons 


ayez 

ayez aient 


battre, to beat ( 

combattre) 
battrai 
battrais 


battant 
battais 


battu -e 

battis 

battisse 


Pres. Ind. bats 
Imper. 


bats 
bats 


bat battons 
battons 


battez battent 
battez 



Pres. Subj. batte battes batte battions battiez battent 



182 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Cond. 




Pres. Part. 
Impf. Ind. 


Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 


boire, to drink 




buvant 


bu -e 


boirai 






bus 


boirais 




buvais 


busse 


Pres. Ind. bois 


bois 


boit buvons 


buvez boivent 


Imper. 


bois 


buvons 


buvez 


Pres. Subj. boive 


boives boive buvions 


buviez boivent 



combattre. to fight, see battre 
complaire, to please, see plaire 
comprendre, to understand, see prendre 



conduire. to lead 


conduisant 


conduit -e 


conduirai 




conduisis 


conduirais 


conduisais 

Present Indicative 


conduisisse 


conduis -duis 


-duit -duisons 

Imperative 


-duisez -duisenl 


-duis 


-duisons 

Present Subj unctive 


-duisez 


conduise -duises 


-duise -duisions 


-duisiez -duisent 


connaitre, to know (also 




reconnaitre) 


connaissant 


connu -e 


connaitrai 




connus 


connaitrais 


connaissais 

Present Indicative 


connusse 


connais -nais 


-nait -naissons 

Imperative 


-naissez -naissent 


-nais 


-naissons 

Present Subjunctive 


-naissez 


connaisse -naisses 


-naisse -naissions 


-naissiez -naissent 


conquerir, to conquer 




(also re conquerir) conquerant 


conquis -e 


conquerra 




conquis 


conquerrais 


conquerais 


conquisse 



APPENDIX 



183 



Pres. Inf. 

FUT. IND. 

Pres. Cond. 



conquiers -quiers 
-quiers 



Pres. Part. 



Impf. Ind. 
Present Indicative 
■quiert -querons 
Imperative 

-querons -querez 
Present Subjunctive 



Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 



querez -querent 



conquiere -quieres -quiere -querions -queriez -quierent 



construire, to construct construisant 

construirai 

construirais 



construis 



;truis 



-struis 



construise -struises 



construisais 
Present Indicative 
■struit -struisons -struisez 
Imperative 

-struisons -struisez 
Present Subjunctive 
■struise -struisions -struisiez 



construit -e 

construisis 

construisisse 



■struisent 



-struisent 



contenir, to contain, see tenir 



courir, to run (also par- 
courir and reparcourir) courant 

courrai 

courrais courais 

Pres. Ind. cours cours court 
Imper. cours 

Pres. Subj. coure coures coure 



couru -e 

courus 

courusse 
courons courez courent 
courons courez 
courions couriez courent 



couvrir, to cover (also de- 

couvrir, offru% ouvrir, 

recouvrir) couvrant 

couvrirai 
couvrirais 



couvert -e 

couvris 

couvrisse 



couvre 



couvres 



couvre 



couvrais 
Present Indicative 
couvre couvrons couvrez couvrent 
Imperative 

couvrons couvrez 



184 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Cond. 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Pres. Part. 
Impf. Ind. 
Present Subjunctive 



Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 



couvre 



couvres couvre 



couvrions couvriez couvrent 



craindre, to fear 

craindrai 

craindrais 



fcraignant 



craint -e 
fcraignis 
fcraignisse 



fcraignais 
Present Indicative 
crains crains craint fcraignons fcraignez fcraignent 
Imperative 
crains fcraignons fcraignez 

Present Subjunctive 
fcraigne fcraignes fcraigne fcraignions fcraigniez fcraignent 



croire, to believe 




croyant 




cru -e 




croirai 








cms 




croirais 




croyais 




crusse 




Pres. Ind. crois 


crois 


croit 


croyons 


croyez 


croient 


Imper. 


crois 




croyons 


croyez 




Pres. Subj. croie 


croies 


croie 


croyions 


croyiez 


croient 



decouvrir, to uncover, discover, see couvrir 
decrire, to describe, see ecrire 



devoir, ought 




devant 




du, due 


devrai 








dus 


devrais 




devais 




dusse 


Pres. Ind. dois 


dois 


doit 


devons 


devez < 


Imper. 


dois 




devons 


devez 


Pres. Subj. doive 


doives 


doive 


devions 


deviez < 


dire to say (also inter 








dire, to forbid) 




disant 




dit -e 


dirai 






• 


dis 


dirais 




disais 




disse 


Pres. Ind. dis 


dis 


dit 


disons 


dites ( 



doivent 



doivent 



disent 



Pres. Inf. 

FUT. IXD. 

Pres. Coxd. 
Imper. 
Pres. Subj. dise 


appendix 
Pres. Part. 

Impf. Ind. 
dis disons 
dises dise disions 


Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 

dites 

disiez disent 


dormir, to sleep (also men- 

tir, partir, sentir, servir, 

sortir) dormant 
dormir ai 
dormirais dormais 


donni 

donnis 

dormisse 



1S5 



dors 



dorme 



dors 



dors 



dormes 



Present Indicative 
dort dormons dormez dorment 

Imperative 

dormons dormez 
Present Subjunctive 
dorme dormions dormiez dorment 



ecrire, to write (also de- 

crire) ecrivant 

ecrirai 

ecrirais ecrivais 

Pres. Ind. ecris ecris ecrit 
Imper. ecris 

Pres. Subj. ecrive ecrives ecrive 

envoyer, to send (also 
renvoyer) 

envenai 

envenais 
Pres. Ind. envoie -voies 
Imper. 
Pres. Subj. envoie -voies 

etre, to be etant 

serai 

serais etais 

Pres. Ind. suis es est 

Imper. sois 

Pres. Subj. sois sois soit 



ecrit -e 

ecrivis 

ecrivisse 
ecrivons ecrivez ecrivent 
ecrivons ecrivez 
ecrivions ecriviez ecrivent 



envoyant 


envoye -e 




envoyai 


envoyais 


envoyasse 


es -voie -voyons 


-voyez -voient 


)ie -voyons 


-voyez 


es -voie -voyions 


-voyiez -voient 



ete 

fus 

fusse 
sommes etes sont 
soyons soyez 
soyions soyiez soient 



186 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Cond! 

falloir, to be necessary 

il f audra 

il faudrait 
Pres. Ind. il faut 
Imper. Wanting 

Pres. Subj. il faille 

ffaillir, to fail, just to 

miss 
faudrai or ffaillirai 
faudrais or ffaillirais 
Pres. Ind. (faux faux) 
Imper. Wanting 

Pres. Subj. Wanting 



Pres. Part. 
Impf. Ind. 



il f allait 



Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 

fallu 
il fallut 
il f allut 



ffaillant ffailli 

faillis 
ffaillais faillisse 

faut (ffaillons ffaillez) ffaillent 



faire, to make 




faisant 




fait -e 




ferai 








fis 




ferais 




faisais 




fisse 




Pres. Ind. fais 


fais 


fait 


faisons 


faites 


font 


Imper. 


fais 




faisons 


faites 




Pres. Subj. fasse 


fasses 
> relire) 


fasse 


fassions 


fassiez 
lu -e 


fassei 


lire, to read (als( 


lisant 






lirai 








lus 




lirais 




lisais 




lusse 




Pres. Ind. lis 


lis 


lit 


lisons 


lisez 


lisent 


Imper. 


lis 




lisons 


lisez 




Pres. Subj. lise 


Uses 


lise 


lisions 


lisiez 


lisent 


mettre, to put (also re- 








mettre) 




mettant 




mis -e 




mettrai 








mis 




mettrais 




mettais 




misse 





Pres. Ind. 
Imper. 



mets mets 
mets 



met 



mettons mettez mettent 
mettons mettez 



Pres. Subj. mette mettes mette mettions mettiez mettent 



APPENDIX 



187 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Cond. 

mourir, to die 

mourrai 

mourrais 

meurs meurs 

meurs 

meure meures 
mouvoir, to move 
mouvrai 
mouvrais 

meus meus 

'meus 

meuve meuves 



Pres. Part. 

Impf. Ind. 
mourant 



monrais 
Present Indicative 
meurt mourons 
Imperative 

mourons mourez 
Present Subjunctive 
meure mourions 
mouvant 



Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Sub j. 

mort -e 
mourus 
mourusse 



mourez meurent 



moutrais 
Present Indicative 
meut mourons 

Imperative 
mouvons 
Present Subjunctive 
meuve mouvions 



mouriez meurent 
mu -e 
mus 
musse 



mouvez meuvent 

mouvez 

mouviez meuvent 



ofifrir to offer, see couvrir 
ouvrir, to open, see couvrir 



paraitre, to appear paraissant paru 

paraitrai paras 

paraitrais paraissait parusse 

Present Indicative 
parais parais parait paraissons paraissez paraissent 
Imperative 
parais paraissons paraissez 

Present Subjunctive 
paraisse paraisses paraisse paraissionsparaissiez paraissent 



parcourir, see courir 
partir, see dormir 



188 



FRENCH WITHOUT- A TEACHER 



Pres. Inf. ] 


Pres. Part. 


Past Part. 


FUT. IND. 




Past Def. Ind. 


Pres. Cond. ] 


mpf. Ind, 


Past Subj. 


plaire, to please (also 






complaire) 


plaisant 


plu 


plairai 




plus 


plairais 


plaisais 


plusse 


Pres. Ind. plais plais 


plait plaisons plaisez plaisent 


Imper. plais 


plaisons plaisez 


Pres. Subj. plaise plaise 


5 plaise plaisions plaisiez plaisent 


• pleuvoir, to rain 


pleuvant 


plu 


il pleuvra 




ilplut 


il pleuvrait 


il pleuvait 


ilplut 


Pres. Ind. il pleut 






Pres. Subj. il pleuve 






pouvoir, to be able, can 


pouvant 


pu 


pourrai 




pus 


pourrais 


pouvais 


pusse 



Present Indicative 
peuxorpuis peux peut pouvons pouvez peuvent 

Present Subjunctive 
puisse puisses puisse puissions puissiez puissent 



pns -e 

pris 

prisse 



prendre, to take (also com- 

prendre, reprendre) prenant 
prendrai 
prendrais prenais 

Present Indicative 
prends prends prend prenons prenez prennent 

Imperative 
« prends prenons prenez 

Present Subjunctive 
prenne prennes prenne prenions preniez prennent 



rire, to laugh 

rirai 

rirais 



riant 



nais 



ri 

ris 

risse 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Cond. 



appendix 
Pres. Part. 

Impf. Ind. 
rit 



189 



Pres. Ind. ris ris rit rions 

Imper. ris rions 

Pres. Subj. rie ries rie riions 



Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
Past Subj. 

riez rient 

riez 

riiez rient 



romps 



rompe 



rompre, to break 


romp ant rompu -e 


romprai 


rompis 


romprais 


rompais rompisse 




Present Indicative 




js romps 


rompt rompons rompez 
Imperative 


rompent 


romps 


rompons rompez 
Present Subjunctive 




)e rompes 


rompe rompions rompiez 


rompent 



savoir, to know 

saurai 

saurais 

sais 



sache 



sais 



saches 



sachant 

savais 
Present Indicative 
sait savons 

Imperative 

savons 
Presant Subjunctive 
sache sachions 



su -e 

sus 

susse 

savez savent 

savez 

sachiez sachent 



sentir, see dormir 
servir, see dormir 
sortir, see dormir 

soufifrir, to suffer 

souffrirai 

souffrirais 

souffre souffres 

souffre 

souffre souffres 



souffrant 

souffrais 
Present Indicative 
souffre souffrons 
Imperative 

souffrons 
Present Subjunctive 
souffre souffrions 



souffert -e 

souffris 

souffrisse 

souffrez souffrent 

souffrez 

souffriez souffrent 



190 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Pres. Inf. Pres. Part. ] 


Past Part. 


Fut. Ind. 






Past Def. Ind. 


Pres. Cond. Impf. Ind. 




Past. Subj. 


suivre, to follow 


suivant 




suivi -e 


suivrai 






suivis 


suivrais 


suivais 




suivisse 


Pres. Ind. suis suis 


suit 


suivons 


suivez suivent 


Imper. suis 




suivons 


suivez 


Pres. Subj. suive suives 


suive 


suivions 


suiviez suivent 


taire, to be silent, see plaire 






tenir, to hold, (also con- 








tenir) 


tenant 




tenu -e 


tiendrai 






tins, tinmes 


tiendrais 


tenais 




tinsse 


Pres. Ind. tiens tiens 


tient 


tenons 


tenez tiennent 


Imper. tiens 




tenons 


tenez 


Pres. Subj. tienne tiennes 


tienne 


tenions 


teniez tiennent 


valoir, to be worth 


valant 




valu -e 


vaudrai 






valus 


vaudrais 


valais 




valusse 


Pres. Ind. vaux vaux 


vaut 


valons 


valez valent 


Imper. vaux 




valons 


valez 


Pres. Subj. fvaille fvailles 


fvaille 


valions 


valiez fvaillent 


venir, to come (also de- 








venir, pro venir 


venant 




venu -e 


viendrai 






vins, vint, vinmes 


viendrais 


venais 




vinsse 



viens 



vienne 



viens 



viens 



viennes 



Present Indicative 
vient venons 

Imperative 
venons 
Present Subjunctive 
vienne venions veniez 



venez 



venez 



viennent 



viennent 



Pres. Inf. 
Fut. Ind. 
Pres. Co nd. 

vetir, to clothe (also de- 
vetir, revetir) 

vetirai 

vetirais 
Pres. Ind. vets vets 
Imper. vets 



APPENDIX 



Pres. Part. 
Impf. Ind. 

vetant 

vetais 
vet 



vetons 
vetons 



Past Part. 
Past Def. Ind. 
PastSubj. 



vetu -e 

vetis 

vetisse 
vetez vetent 
vetez 



Pres. Subj. vete vetes vete vetions vetiez vetent 



vivre, to live 




vivant 




vecu - 


e 


vivrai 










vecus 




vivrais 






vivais 




vecusse 


Pres. Ind. 


vis 


vis 


vit 


vivons 


vivez 


vivent 


Imper. 




vis 




vivons 


vivez 




Pres. Subj. 


vive 


vives 


vive 


vivions 


viviez 


vivent 


voir, to 


see 




voyant 




vu -e 




verrai 










vis 




verrais 






voyais 




visse 




Pres. Ind. 


vois 


vois 


voit 


voyons 


voyez 


voient 


Imper. 




vois 




voyons 


voyez 




Pres. Subj. 


voie 


voies 


voie 


voyions 


voyiez 


voient 



vouloir, to wish 

voudrai 

voudrais 



voulant 



voulu -e 

voulus 

voulusse 



voulais 
Present Indicative 
veux veux veut voulons voulez veulent 

Imperative 
tveuille or veux fveuillons fveuillez 

Present Subjunctive 
tveuille fveuilles fveuille voulions vouliez fveuillent 

CONJUGATION OF AVOIR — TO HAVE 

Present Infinitive Past Infinitive 

xvoir to have avoir eu to have had 



192 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Present Participle 


Perfect Participle 


ayant 


having 


ayant eu 


having had 




Past Participle 




eu (m. s 


.), eue (/. s.), eus (m 


pi.), eues (/. pi.), had 




Indicative 




Simple Tenses 


Compound Tenses 




Present 


Past 


Indefinite 


pai 


I have 


J'ai eu 


I have had 


Tu as 


you have 


Tu as eu 


you have had 


H a 


he has 


11 a eu 


he has had 


Elle a 


she has 


Elle a eu 


she has had 


On a 


one has, people 


On a eu 


one has had, 




have 




people have 
had 


Nous avons 


we have 


Nous avons eu 


we have had 


Vous avez 


you have 


Vous avez eu 


you have had 


lis ont 


they have 


lis ont eu 


they have had 


Elles ont 


they have 


Elles ont eu 


they have had 




Imperfect 


Past Perfect 


J'avais 


I had or I used to 
have 


J'avais eu 


I had had 


Tu avais 


you had or used 
to have 


Tu avais eu 


you had had 


11 avait 


he had or used to 
have 


11 avait eu 


he had. had 


On avait 


one (people) had 
or used to have 


On avait eu 


one had had 


Nous avions 


we had or used to 
have 


Nous avions eu 


we had had 


Vous aviez 


you had or used 
to have 


Vous aviez eu 


you had had 


lis avaient 


they had or used 
to have 


lis avaient eu 


they had had 


Past Definite 


2nd form Past Perfect 


J'eus 


I had 


J'eus eu 


I had had 


Tu eus 


you had 


Tu eus eu 


you had had 


11 eut 


he had 


11 eut eu 


he had had 


On eut 


one had 


On eut eu 


one had had 



APPENDIX 



193 



Nous eumes 
Vous eutes 
lis eurent 



J'aurai 
Tu auras 
II aura 
On aura 
Nous aurons 
Vous aurez 
lis auront 



we had 
you had 
they had 

Simple Tenses 
Future 

I shall or will 

have 
you shall or will 

have 
he shall or will 

have 
one shall or will 

have 
we shall or will 

have 
you shall or will 

have 
they shall or will 

have 

Conditional 
Present 



Nous eumes eu we had had 
Vous eutes eu you had had 
lis eurent eu they had had 

Compound Tenses 
Future Perfect 



J'aurai eu I 



Tu auras eu 

II aura eu 

On aura eu 

Nous aurons 

eu 
Vous aurez eu 

lis auront eu 



shall or will 

have had 
you shall or will 

have had 
he shall or will 

have had 
one shall or will 

have had 
we shall or will 

have had 
you shall or will 

have had 
they shall or will 

have had 



J'aurais 
Tu aurais 
II aurait 
On aurait 
Nous aurions 

Vous auriez 
lis auraient 



I should or 

would have 
you should or 

would have 
he should or 

would have 
one should or 

would have 
we should or 

would have 

you should or 
would have 

they should or 
would have 



Past 

1st Form 2nd Form 

J'aurais eu J'eusse eu 

I should or would have had 
Tu aurais eu Tu eusses eu 

you should or would have had 
II aurait eu II eut eu 

he should or would have had 
On aurait eu On eut eu 

one should or would have had 
Nous aurions Nous eussionr 

eu eu 

we should or would have had 
Vous auriez eu Vous eussiez eu 

you should or would have had 
Us auraient eu lis eussent eu 

they should 01 would have had 



194 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Imperative 
Aie have 

Ayons let us have 

Ayez have 

Subjunctive 



Que j'aie 
Que tu aies 
Qu'il ait 
Qu'on ait 



Simple Tenses 
Present 

that I may have 



that you may 

have 
that he may 

have 
that one may 
have 
Que nous ayons that we may 

have 
Que vous ayez that you may 

have 
Qu'ils aient that they may 
have 

Imperfect 
Que j'eusse that I might 

have 
Que tu eusses that you might 

have 
Qu'il eut that he might 

have 
Qu'on eut that one might 

have 
Que nous eus- that we might 

sions have 

Que vous eus- that you might 

siez have 

Qu'ils eussent that they might 
have 
CONJUGATION OF 
Present Infinitive 
etre to be 



Compound Tenses 

Past 

Que j'aie eu that I may have 

had 
Que tu aies eu that you may 
have had 



Qu'il ait eu 
Qu'on ait eu 

Que nous 
ayons eu 

Que vous 
ayez eu 



that he may 

have had 
that one may 

have had 
that we may 

have had 
that you may 

have had 
Qu'ils aient eu that they may 

have had 



Past 
Que j'eusse eu 

Que tu eus- 
ses eu 
Qu'il eut eu 

Qu'on eut eu 

Que nous eus- 

sions eu 
Que vous eus- 

siez eu 
Qu'ils eussent 

eu 
ETRE = TO 
Past 
avoir ete 



Perfect 

that I might 

have had 
that you might 

have had 
that he might 

have had 
that one might 

have had 
that we might 

have had 
that you might 

have had 
that they might 

have had 
BE 

Infinitive 
to have been 



APPENDIX 



195 



Present Participle Perfect Participle 

etant being ayant ete having been 

Past Participle 
ete (invariable) been 





Indicative 




Simple Tenses 


Compound Tenses 




Present 


Past 


Indefinite 


Je suis 


I am 


J'ai ete 


I have been 


Tu es 


you are 


Tu as ete 


you have been 


11 est 


he is 


11 a ete 


he has been 


Elle est 


she is 


Elle a ete 


she has been 


On est 


one is, people 


On a ete 


one has been, 




are 




people have 
been 


Nous sommes we are 


Nous avons ete 


we have been 


Vous etes 


you are 


Vous avez ete 


you have been 


lis sont 


they are 


lis ont ete 


they have been 


Elles sont 


they are 


Elles ont ete 


they have been 




Imperfect 


Past Perfect 


J'etais 


I was or used to 
be 


J'avais ete 


I had been 


Tu etais 


you were or 
used to be 


Tu avais ete 


you had been 


11 etait 


he was or used 
to be 


11 avait ete 


he had been 


On etait 


one was, used to 


On avait ete 


one had been, 




be, people 




people had 




were, used to 




been 




be 






Nous etions we were or used 


Nous avions 


we had been 




to be 


ete 




Vous etiez 


you were or used 
to be 


Vous aviez ete 


you had been 


lis etaient 


they were or 
used to be 


lis avaient ete 


they had been 




Past Definite 


2nd Form Past Perfect 


Je fus 


I was 


J'eus ete 


I had been 


Tu fus 


you were 


Tu eus ete 


you had been 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



11 fut 


he was 


11 eut ete he had been 


On fut 


one was 


On eut ete one had been 


Nous fumes 


we were 


Nous eumes we had been 
ete 


Vous futes 


you were 


Vous eutes ete you had been 


lis furent 


they were 


lis eurent ete they had been 




Future 


Future Perfect 


Je serai 


I shall or will be 


J'aurai ete I shall or will 
have been 


Tu seras 


you shall or will 


Tu auras ete you shall or will 




be 


have been 


11 sera 


he shall or will 


11 aura ete he shall or will 




be 


have been 


On sera 


one shall or will 


On aura ete one shall or will 




be 


have been 


Simple Tenses 


Compound Tenses 




Future 


Future Perfect 


Nous serons 


we shall or will 


Nous aurons we shall or will 




b3 


ete have been 


Vous serez 


you shall or will 


Vous aurez ete you shall or will 




be 


have been 


lis seront 


they shall or will 


lis auront ete they shall or will 




be 


have been 




Conditional 


. 


Present 


Past 


- 




ist Form 2nd Form 


Je serais 


I should or 


J'aurais ete J'eusse ete 




would be 


I should or would have been 


Tu serais 


you should or 


Tu aurais ete Tu eusses ete 




would be 


you should or would have been 


11 serait 


he should or 


11 aurait ete 11 eut ete 




would be 


he should or would have been 


On serait 


one should or 


On aurait ete On eut ete 




would be 


one should or would have been 


Nous serions we should or 


Nous aurions Nous eussions 




would be 


ete ete 



we should or would have been 



APPENDIX 197 

Vous seriez you should or Vous auriez Vous eussiez 
would be ete ete 

you should or would have been 
lis seraient they should or lis auraient ete lis eussent ete 
would be they should or would? have been 

Imperative 
Sois be 

Soyons let us be 
Soyez be 
Subjunctive 
Present Past 

Que je sois that I may be Que j'aie ete that I may have 

been 
Que tu sois that you may be Que tu aies ete that you may 

have been 
Qu'il soit that he may be Qu'il ait ete that he may 

have been 
Qu'on soit that one may be Qu'on ait ete that one may 

have been 
Que nous that we may be Que nous that we may 

soyons ayons ete have been 

Que vous soyez that you may be Que vous ayez that you may 

ete have been 

Qu'ils soient that they may Qu'ils aient that they may 
be ete have been 

Imperfect Past Perfect 

Que je fusse that I might be Que j'eusse that I might 

ete have been 

Que tu fusses that you might Que tu eusses that you might 

be ete have been < 

Qu'il fut that he might be Qu'il eut ete that he might 

have been 
Qu'on fut that one might Qu'on eut ete that one might 

be have been 

Que nous fus- that we might Que nous that we might 

sions be eussionsete have been 

Que vous fus- that you might Que vous that you might 

siez be eussiez ete have been 

Qu'ils fussent that they might Qu'ils eussent that they might 
be ete have been 



198 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

FIRST CONJUGATION ENDING IN -ER 
PARLER = TO SPEAK 



Present Infinitive 


Past Infinitive 


parler 


to speak 


avoir parle 


to have spoken 


Present Participle 


Perfect Participle 


parlant 


speaking 


ayant parle 


having spoken 




Past Participle 




parle (m. s.) 


, parlee (/. s.), paries (m. pl.) % parlees (/. pl. 9 ) spoken 




INDICATIVE 




Simple Tenses 


Compound Tenses 




Present 


Past Indefinite 


Je parle 


I speak or I am 
speaking 


J'ai parle 


I have spoken 


Tu paries 


you speak or 


Tu as parle 


you have 




you are speak- 




spoken 




ing 






11 parle 


he speaks or he 
is speaking 


11 a parle 


he has spoken 


Elle parle 


she .speaks or 
she is speaking 


Elle a parle 


she has spoken 


On parle 


one speaks or 


On a parle 


one has spoken 



one is speaking 
Nous parlons we speak or we Nous avons we have spoken 

are speaking parle 

Vous parlez you speak or you Vous avez you have 

are speaking parle spoken 

lis parlent they speak or Us ont parle they have 

they are spoken 

speaking 
Elles parlent they speak or Elles ont parle they have 

they are spoken 

speaking 

Imperfect Past Perfect 

Je parlais I was speaking, J'avais parle I had spoken 

used to soeak 



APPENDIX 



199 



Tu parlais you were speak- 

ing, used to 
speak 

II parlait he was speaking, 

used to speak 

On parlait one was speak- 

ing, used to 
speak 

Nous parlions we were speak- 
ing, used to 
speak 

Vous parliez you were speak- 
ing, used to 
speak 

Us parlaient they were speak- 
ing, used to 
speak 

Past Definite 
Je parlai I spoke 

Tu parlas you spoke 

II parla he spoke 

On parla one spoke 

Nous parlames we spoke 

Vous parlates you spoke 

Us parlerent they spoke 

Future 
Je parlerai I shall or will 

spSr 
Tu parleras youshall or will 

II parlera he jshaJL or will 

speak 
On parlera one shall or will 

speak 
Nous parlerons we shall or will 

speak 



Tu avais parle you had spoken 

II avait parle he had spoken 
On avait parle one had spoken 



Nous avions we had spoken 
parle 

Vous aviez you had spoken 
parle 

lis avaient they had spoken 
parle 



2nd Form 
J'eus parle 
Tu eus parle 
H eut parle 
On eut parle 
Nous eumes 

parle 
Vous eutes 

parle 
lis eurent parle 



Past Perfect 
I had spoken 
you had spoken 
he had spoken 
one had spoken 
we had spoken 

you had spoken 

they had spoken 



Future Perfect 
J'aurai parle I shall or will 

have spoken 
Tu auras parle you shall or will 

have spoken 
II aura parle he shall or will 

have spoken 
On aura parle one shall or will 

have spoken 
Nous aurons we shall or will 
parle have spoken 



200 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



Vous parlerez 


you shall or will 


Vous aurez you shall or will 




speak 


parle have spoken 


lis parleront 


they shall or will 


lis auront they shall or will 




speak 


parle have spoken 




Conditional 


Present 


Past 






ist Form 2nd Form 


Je parlerais 


I should or 


J'aurais parle J'eusse parle 




would speak 


I should or would have spoken 


Tu parlerais 


you should or 


Tu aurais parle Tu eusses parle 




would speak 


you should or would have spoken 


11 parlerait 


he should or 


11 aurait parle 11 eut parle 




would speak 


he should or would have spoken 


On parlerait 


one should or 


On aurait parle On eut parle 




would speak 


one should or would have spoken 


Nous parlerions 


we should or 


Nous aurions Nous eussions 




would speak 


parle parle 
we should or would have spoken 


Vous parleriez 


you should or 


Vous auriez Vous eussiez 




would speak 


parle parle 
you should or would have spoken 


lis parleraient 


they should or 


lis auraient lis eussent 




would speak 


parle parle 
they should or would have 
spoken 




Imperative 




Parle speak 






Parlons let us 


speak 




Parlez speak 






Subjunctive 


Simple Tenses 


Compound Tenses 


Present 


Past 


Que je parle 


that I may 


Que j'aie parle that I may have 


1 


speak 


spoken 


Que tu paries 


that you may 


Que tu aies that you may 




speak 


parle have spoken 


Qu'il parle 


that he may 


Qu'il ait parle that he may 




speak 


have spoken 







APPENDIX 


201 


Qu'on parle 


that one 
Speak 


may 


Qu'on ait parle 


that one may 
have spoken 


Que nous 


that we 


may 


Que nous 


that we may 


parlions 


speak 




ayons parle 


have spoken 


Que vous 


that you 


may 


Que vous 


that you may 


parliez 


speak 




ayez parle 


have spoken 


Qu'ils parlent 


that they 


may 


Qu'ils aient 


that they may 




speak 




parle 


have spoken 


Imperfect 




2nd Form Past Perfect 


Que je par- 


that I 


might 


Que j'eusse 


that I might 


lasse 


speak 




parle 


have spoken 


Que tu par- 


that you 


might 


Que tu eusses 


that you might 


lasses 


speak 




parle 


have spoken 


Qu'il parlat 


that he 
speak 


might 


Qu'il eut parle 


that he might 
have spoken 


Qu'on parlat 


that one 


might 


Qu'on eut 


that one might 




speak 




parle 


have spoken 


Que nous 


that we 


might 


Que nous eus- 


that we might 


parlassions 


speak 




sions parle 


have spoken 


Que vous 


that you 


might 


Que vous eus- 


that you might 


parlassiez 


speak 




siez parle 


have spoken 


Qu'ils par- 


that they might 


Qu'ils eussent 


that they might 


lassent 


speak 




parle 


have spoken 




srcise in Lesson 5 




1. un grand 


homme 




13. les petites 


filles 


2. une petite chaise 




14. sur la table ronde 


3. une jolie couverture 




15. les jolies 


femmes 


4. sur le lit ; 


propre 




16. une petite 


bouche 


5. le gros estomac 




17. une porte 


ouverte 


6. la main froide 




18. une chambre interessante 


7. le petit pied 




19. dans un ] 


Detit jardin 


8. la grosse 


femme 




20. une bouche ouverte 


9. la maison 


. propre 




21. un gros nez 


10. les fenetres ouvertes 




22. les yeux 


ouverts 


11. les photographies interes- 


23. la couverture chaude 


santes 






24. les dents 


sales 


12. le livre bleu 




25. une petite t£te 



202 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

Exercise in Lesson 7 











i: 


le pere de la famille 


1. 


ma 


11. 


mon 


'l. 


la mere de six enfants 


2. 


notre 


12. 


nos 


3. 


le portrait de ma grand'mere 


3. 


sa 


13. 


vos 


4. 


uine photographie des trois enfants 


4. 


sa 


14. 


leurs 


5. 


la tete de l'enfant 


5. 


leur 


15. 


leur 


6. 


le fils de mon amie (ami) 


6. 


son 


16. 


sa 


7. 


la mere de mon pere 


7. 


leur 


17. 


ses 


8. 


le mari de ma servante 


8. 


votre 


18. 


ses 


9. 


la fenltre de la chambre 


9. 


mon 


19. 


mes 


10. 


la jambe du garcon 


10. 


mon 


20. 


sa 


11. 
12. 


les oreilles du bebe 

les yeux bleus des petits enfants 



Exercise in Lesson 8 

1. £tes-vous fatigue (fatiguee, fatigues, 

fatiguees) ? (How do these four forms 
of adjectives change the meaning of 
the sentence?) 

2. Je ne suis pas fatigue (fatiguee). 

3. Sont-ils malades? 

4. lis ne sont pas malades. 

5. Nous sommes seuls (seules). 

6. Vous etes aimable (aimables). 

7. Elle est petite. 

8. II n'est pas grand. 

9. Sont-ils propres? 

10. lis ne sont pas propres. 

11. lis sont sales. 

12. Est-elle grosse? 

13. Elle n'est pas grosse. 

14. Sont-ils grands? (Sont-elles grandes)* 

15. lis sont grands. (Elles sont grandes.) 

16. lis ne sont pas tres grands, (etc.) 

17. Nous sommes tres fatigues (fatiguees). 

18. Est-elle jolie? 

19. Elle n'est pas jolie. 

20. Elle est tres interessante. 



APPENDIX 



203 



Exercise in Lesson 9 



1. 


de la soupe 


6. 


du vin 


2. 


du beurre 


7. 


du cafe 


3. 


des petits pois 


8. 


du chocolat 


4. 


des haricots 


9. 


de l'encre 


5. 


des pommes de lerre 


10. 


des couvertures 



Exercise in Lesson 10 



Elle est petite 11. 

Elle a froid 12. 

Elle est jolie 13. 

Elle a faim 14. 

Les hommes sont fatigues 15. 

lis ont soif 16. 

Ma mere a raison 17. 

J'ai tort 18. 

Vous avez raison — vous 19. 

avez tort 

Les enfants sont fatigues 20. 



lis ont sommeil 
La femme est malade 
Elle a faim 

Nous n'avons pas faim 
Nous avons soif 
Avez-vous sommeil? 
Nous n'avons pas sommeil 
fites-vous fatigues? 
Nous ne sommes pas fati- 
gues 
Nous avons froid 



Exercise in Lesson 11 



2. 



3. 



£tes-vous malade? 

Est-ce que vous etes malade? 

Vous etes malade, n'est-ce pas? 

Avez-vous du pain? 

Est-ce que vous avez du pain? 

Vous avez du pain, n'est-ce pas? 

Est-elle jolie? 

Est-ce qu'elle est jolie? 

Elle est jolie, n'est-ce pas? 

4. Votre chambre a-t-elle deux fenetres? 
Est-ce que votre chambre a deux fenltres? 
Votre chambre a deux fenetres, n'est-ce pas? 

5. Monsieur votre mari est-il dans le jardin? 
Est-ce que Monsieur votre mari est dans le jardin? 
Monsieur votre mari est dans le jardin, n'est-ce pas? 



204 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

6. Avez-vous des enfants? 

Est-ce que vous avez des enfants? 
Vous avez des enfants, n'est-ce pas? 

7. Avez-vous froid? 

Est-ce que vous avez froid? 
Vous avez froid, n'est-ce pas? 

8. L'enfant a-t-il sommeil? 
Est-ce que l'enfant a sommeil? 
L'enfant a sommeil, n'est-ce pas? 

9. Les fenetres sont-elles petites? 
Est-ce que les fenetres sont petites? 
Les fenetres sont petites, n'est-ce pas? 

10. Avez-vous un arbre dans votre jardin? 

Est-ce que vous avez un arbre dans votre jardin? 
Vous avez un arbre dans votre jardin, n'est-ce pas? 

Exercise in Lesson 13 

1. Elle donne [ell dunn]. 

2. Nous travaillons [noo trah-vye-on]. 

3. A-t-il? [ah-teel]. 

4. Vous arrivez [voo zar-ree-vay]. 

5. II ne cherche pas [eel nuh shersh pah]. 

6. lis sont [eel son(k)]. 

7. Us ont [eel zonfk)]. 

8. Ne parle-t-elle pas? [nuh pari- tell pah]. 

9. Elle ecoute [ell ay-kootj. 

10. Nous ne trouvons pas [noo nuh troo-von pah]. 

11. lis arriveent [eel zar-reev]. 

12. Vous ne portez pas [voo nuh por-tay pah]. 

13. Nous regardons [noo ruh-gar-don(k)]. 

14. II parle [eel pari]. 

15. Elle n'apporte pas [ell nap- port pah]. 

16. II fume [eel feem]. 

17. Monte-t-il? [mon-tuh-teel]. 

18. II ne regarde pas [eel nuh ruh-gard pah]. 

19. Nous ecoutons [noo zay-koo-ton(k)]. 

20. Nous apportons [noo zap-por-ton(k)]. 

21. lis ne travaillent pas [eel nuh trah-vye pah]. 

22. Est-ce qu'ils fument? [ess-keel feem]. 



APPENDIX 205 

II dine [eel deen]. 

Nous ne donnons pas [noo nuh dun-non pah]. 

Diriez-vous? [dee-nay voo]. 

Ai-je [ay-zh]. 

Cherchar [shershay]. 

Est-ce qu'il ne fume pas? [ess-keel nuh feem pah]. 

Trouve-t-il? [troov-teel]. 

Ecoutent-ils? [ay-koot-teel]. 

Cherche-t-elle? [shersh-tell]. 

Vous trouvez [voo troo-vay]. 

Suis-je? [swefe-zh]. 

£tre [ett-r]. 

Montrent-ils? [mon-tr-teel]. 

Nous trouvons [noo troo-von(k)]. 

Voife cherchez [voo shershay]. 

II n'ecoute pas [eel nay-koot pah]. 

lis montrent [eel mon-tr]. 

Je travaille [zhuh trah-vye]. 

lis donnent [eel dunn]. 

lis arrivent [eel zar-reev]. 

Vous montrez [voo mon-tray]. 

II porte [eel port]. 

lis apportent [eel zaport]. 

Vous ne travaillez pas [voo nuh trah-vye-ay pah]. 

Est-ce que nous portons [ess kuh noo por-ton]. 

Elle ne donne pas [ell nuh dunn pah]. 

Avoir [ah-vwahr]. 

Est-ce qu'ils ne dfnent pas? [ess-keel nuh deen pah]. 

Exercise in Lesson 15 

1. Cherchez la femme! [shershay lah fam]. 

2. Regardez! la fenetre est ouverte! [ruh-gar-day lah fuh-nett-r 

eh too-vairt]. 

3. Montrez-moi la chambre! [mon-tray mwah lah sham-br]. 

4. Ecoutons! [ay-koo-ton(k)]. 

5. N'ecoutez pas! [nay-koo-tay pah]. 

6. Regarded le bebe malade! [ruh-gar-day luh bay-bay mah-ladd]. 
J, Je lui donne du lait [zhuh louie dunn dee iay]. 

8. Ne lui donnez pas de lait! [nuh louie dunn-ay pah duh lay]. 



206 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

9. Est-ce que vous avez des legumes? [ess-kuh voo zah-vay day 
lay-gheem]. 

10. Voila des pois! [vwah-lah day pwah]. 

11. Donnez-moi des pois! [dunn-ay mwah day pwah]. 

12. Ou est madame votre mere? [oo eh mah-damm voh-tr mair]. 

13. Est-ce que madame votre mere est chez elle? [ess kuh mah- 

damm voh-tr mair eh shay zell]. 
Madame votre mere est-elle chez elle? 
Madame votre mere est chez elle, n'est-ce pas? [ness pah.] 

14. Oui, mademoiselle, je l'appelle [wee mad-mwah zell zhuh lap- 

pell]. 

15. Ne l'appelez pas, s'il vous plait! [nuh lap-pell-ay pah seel 

voo play]. 

16. Je veux vous parler [zhuh vuh voo par-lay]. 

17. Ne lui parlons pas! [nuh louie par-lonCk) pah]. 

18. Apportez-moi de l'eau, s'il vous plait! [ap-por-tay-mwah dull 

o seel voo play]. 

19. Que voulez-vous? [kuhh voo-lay voo]. de l'eau chaude? [duh 

lo showed]. 

20. Je ne peux pas trouver ma mere [zhuh nuh puh pah troo-vay 

mah mair]. 

21. Montrez-moi votre maison! [voh-tr may-zon(k)]. 

22. Ne fumons pas! [nuh feemon pah]. 

23. Dinons! [dee-nonfk)]. 

24. J'ai faim [zhay fam] (to rhyme with ham). 

25. Vous avez raison. Je veux diner ici [voo-za-vay ray-zon(k) 

zhuh vuh (to rhyme with huh) dee-nay ee-see]. 

Exercise in Lesson 20 

1. lis or elles viennent souvent. 2. J'ai assez de (la) viande. 
3. II est deja a Paris. 4. Les enfants sont partout. 5. Ap- 
portez-moi de l'eau tout de suite! 6. Vous parlez trop vite. 7. 
Nous travaillons quelquefois. 8. II ne travaille jamais. 9. Vous 
ne pouvez pas fumer ici. 10. lis travaillent touj ours. 11. Nous 
dinons trop tard. 12. Eh bien, allons. 13. Ou sommes-nous 
maintenant? 14. II arrive aujourd'hui. 15. lis marchent len- 
tement. 16. Parlez doucement s'il vous plait. 17. Vous mar- 
chez trop vite. 18. Est-ce que vous mangez encore? Mangez- 
vous encore? 19. Je le vois quelquefois. 20. Montrez-moi la 



APPENDIX 207 

lettre encore. 21. Je vais fumer maintenant. 22. ficoutez 
votre mere, mon fils? Better, Ecoute ta mere, mon fils. 23. Voici 
les enfants! Regardez surtout la petite fille! 24. Portez le livre 
a ma chambre! 25. Cherchez la mere de l'enfant. 26. Je ne 
peux or puis pas la trouver. 27. Allez-vous-en! Trouvez la 
femme! 28. Je vais la chercher. 29. II arrive toujours trestard. 
30. II va me donner de l'argent. 31. Vous avez assez d'argent. 
32. Allons maintenant dans la maison. 33. Nous voyons voir 
la femme a la fenetre. 34. II ne peut pas manger la viande. 35. Est- 
ce que vous savez ou est la maison? or Savez-vous ou est la maison? 
36. Je ne sais pas ou elle est. 37. Voulez-vous venir avec moi? 
38. II ne peut pas diner souvent avec vous. 39. II demeure 
maintenant a la rue Wilson. 40. II a quelquefois froia et il a 
souvent faim. 41. Je n'ai pas toujours raison. 42. Vous n'avez 
pas souvent tort. 

Exercise in Lesson 21 

1. Nous ne buvons jamais de vin chez nous. 2. Les enfants 
ne boivent ni the ni cafe. 3. lis ne boivent que du lait. 4. Mon 
frere n'est pas bien. 5. II ne mange jamais de viande. 6. J'ai 
faim. Mangeons maintenant! 7. Apportez-moi un verre d'eau, 
s'il vous plait, j'ai. bien soif. 8. Je vais chercher du lait pour les 
enfants. 9. Voici le menu de votre diner. 10. Je veux diner 
avec vous au restaurant. 11. Dinez avec moi chez moi! 12. Je 
vois les femmes dans leur maison or chezelles. 13. Chez qui 
dinez-vous aujourd'hui? 14. Je dine avec des amis chez les White. 
15. Je viens de chez vous. 

Exercise in Lesson 22 

1. Un garcon age de douze ans. 2. Une jeune fille agee de 
douze ans. 3. A quarante ans. 4. Un homme de vingt ans. 5. 
II a quarante-neuf ans. 6. Le train arrive tous les jours. 7. 
Age de quatre-vingt-neuf ans. 8. A lage de soixante-onze. 9. 
II etait ici il y a dix jours. 10. II a soixante-dix-huit ans. 11. 
Restez pendant cinq minutes! 12. II y a une heure. 13. II y a 
deux mois. 14. Au bout de dix jours. 15. II y a une se- 
maine. 16. Au bout de six semaines. 17. Quel age monsieur 
votre oncle a-t-il? 18. Jl a soixante-dix-sept ans. 19. Quel age 



208 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

avez-vous? 20. Quel age a-t-elle? 21. Quel age ai-je? 22. Je 
suis ici depuis six mois. 23. Restez chez vous pendant cinq mi- 
nutes! 24. Au bout de quinze jours il etait malade. 25. II est 
ici to us les jours. 26. Je n'ai que douze ans. 27. II y a sept 
jours dans une semaine. 

Exercise in Lesson 23 

1. II ne sait plus ou il est. 

2. Vous allez voir si je n'ai pas faim. 

3. N'ai-je pas raison de penser que vous §tes mon ami? 

4. Vous avez raison de le penser. 

5. Nous ne voulons voir personne. 

6. N 'allez pas trop vite, monsieur. 

7. Savez-vous combien d 'argent je vais donner? 

8. Eh bien, votre fils, comment va-t-il? 

9. II se porte bien. Seulement il dit qu'il n'y a pas de cigares 

en France. 

10. Pauvre gareon! Voici des cigares. Je vous les donne pour 

votre gareon. 

11. Vous £tes bien le fils de votre pere. 

12. Je vais diner chez vous avec Madame votre mere. 

13. Restons, voulez-vous? 

14. Restez la. 

15. Ne dites rien. 

16. ficoutez-moi bien. 

17. Je vous ecoute. 

18. Je ne vous demande rien. 

19. Je ne veux rien savoir. 

20. Eh bien, moi, je veux tout dire. 

21. J'ai tort de vous dire tout. 

22. lis savent ce que je vais faire. 

23. Allons les voir, voulez-vous? 

24. Dans une heure il va partir. 

25. Vous le savez bien. 

26. Oui, je le sais. 

27. J'ai tort de parler de moi. 

28. Si vous m'aimez, moi aussi, je vous aime. 



APPENDIX 

Exercise in Lesson 26 



209 



1. lis meurent de faim. 2. J'ai vu les femmes. 3. Je les 
ai vues. 4. Les femmes sont venues. 5. lis ne veulent pas le 
faire. 6. Est-ce que vous avez vu la maison? 7. Je ne l'ai 
jamais vue. 8. Tous les enfants lisent vos livres. 9. Mon frere 
est parti aujourd'hui. 10. Les enfants sont sortis. 11, Je vais 
les chercher. 12. Restez ici! 13. lis vont retourner tout de 
suite. 14. La femme est morte. 15. 11 ne peut pas me voir. 
16. Je n'ai pas pu le faire. 17. II a marche vite. 18. J'ai mis 
de l'argent sur la table. 19. J'ai recu les lettres. 20. Je les ai 
recues. 21. Nous les connaissons. 22. Cherchez les livres! 23. 
Nous les avons deja trouves. 24. Ma sceur est restee ici. 25. 
II ne va pas venir. 26. J'ai ecrit beaucoup de lettres. 27. Ecou- 
tez les enfants! 28. Je les ecoute. 29. Dites-moi ce que vous 
faites! 30. Nous avons vu les enfants. 31. Nous les avons 
vus a la fengtre. 



Exercise in Lesson 27 



1. un grand jardin 

2. la derniere heure 

3. tous les jours 

4. sa petite eglise 

5. son petit village 

6. une femme malheureuse 

7. avec sa jeune amie 

8. les cheveux rouges 

9. les blanches epaules 

10. aux pauvres gens 

11. le portrait de sa vieille mere 

12. le fils d'une pauvre femme 

13. a la maison de ma vieille et 

chere amie 



14. les grands yeux noirs 

15. votre petite cuisine 

16. a cheveux blancs 

17. les mains grandes ouvertes 

18. un verre d'eau fraiche 

19. ses beaux cheveux noirs 

20. pauvre cher homme 

2 1 . avec leurs yeux grands ouverts 

22. une brave femme 

23. un grand jeune homme 

24. toute la rue 

25. la bouche ouverte 

26. son petit nez rouge 

27. le meilleur homme du monde 

28. mes chers amis 



Exercise in Lesson 31 



1. Nous avions dit. 

2. Vous etiez. 

3. lis ne meurent pas. 



II est venu. 
Vous etiez alles. 
Us sortent. 



210 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



7. 
8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 

13. 
14. 
15. 

16. 
17. 

18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
^+ 32. 
V^ 33. 



Je suis parti. 34. 

Vous etes tombe(s). 35. 

Vous ne connaissiez pas. 36. 



lis etaient venus. 
Est-ce que j 'arrive? 
Est-ce que nous ne 

avons pas? 
Vous aviez eu. 
Nous ne buvions pas. 
lis ne venaient pas. 
lis etaient alles. 
Vous les voyez. 
lis n'ont pas ecrit. 
Nous restions. 
Vous le connaissez. 
J'etais arrive. 
II entre. 
Vous avez bu. 
Nous venons. 
lis etaient sortis. 
Elle tombait. 
Jel'ai connu. 
Nous sommes morts. 
lis avaient bu. 
Vous etiez mort(s). 
Je n'ai pas eu. 
Je ne bois pas. 
Je ne savais pas. 



^4 37. 

38. 

les 39. 

3-2.40. 

Vb41. 
-%+42. 

43. 
44. 

' 45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
51. 
52. 
53. 
54. 
55. 
56. 
57. 
58. 
59. 
60. 



Nous avions pu. 

11 ne voulait pas. 

lis ne nous voyaient pas. 

Vous aviez ecrit. 

Je recevais. 

11 n'a pas ecrit. 

lis n'ont pas fini. 

Nous avons mis. 

Ne disait-il pas? 

lis ont ete. 

Est-ce que vous ne savez 

pas? 
lis ont pu. 
Je ne sortais pas. 
Vous partiez. 
Nous etions tombes. 
Vous n'avez pas recu. 
Nous entrions. 
lis mettaient. 
J'avais ete. 
11 mourait. 
Vous pouviez. 
Elle avait vu. 
lis regoivent. 
Elle etait restee. 
Nous n'avions pas eu. 
Vous ne dites pas. 
lis etaient sortis. 



Exercise in Lesson 3$ - 

1. Je rentrerai le mercredi 18 mai, a une heure. 

2. Tous les jeudis et tous les dimanches nous dinons chez ma mere. 

3. II etait mort le 14 novembre, a sept heures du matin. 

4. Nous arriverons le samedi 28 mai, vers quatre heures de l'a- 

pres-midi. 

5. Je l'ai vue un vendredi soir du mois de novembre. 

Exercise in Lesson 3$ L 

1. II y avait alors en France une grande guerre. 

2. Dans la maison il n'y avait qu'une petite fille de dix ans. 



APPENDIX 211 

3. II y a partout des enfants. 

4. Demain il y aura de la soupe. 

5. Combien de chambres y a-t-il dans la maison? 

6. II y en a six. 

7. A-t-il beaucoup d'argent? II en a assez. 

8. Je viens de lire une lettre que sa mere lui ecrivait il y a trois 

semaines. 



Exercise in Lesson 3p . 



(In many sentences it is possible to give either the imperfect 
or the present perfect tense. If that is your only mistake, dis- 
regard it.) 

1. Elle ne disait rien. 

2. On ne sait rien de tout cela. 

3. Vous allez voir un malade? (or Allez-vous etc., or Est-ce que 

vous allez, etc.) 

4. Vous avez raison. 

5. Nous irons ensemble tout de suite. 

6. Je n'ai jamais rien dit contre vous. 

7. II ne sait pas lire. 

8. Elle n'a rien vu. 

9. J'ai tout vu. 

10. Tout de suite je vous dirai le reste. 

11. Je l'ecoutais. 

12. Les soldats sont arrives au soir. 

13. Je le connais bien. 

14. Ne parlez plus de tout cela. 

15. Je vous ai dit ce que je pense. 

16. Je n'en parlerai plus. 

17. Faites-le boire. 

18. Je me sens mieux. 

19. Monsieur le sait bien. 

20. Je ne l'ai jamais vu. 

21. II ne repond jamais a nos lettres. 

22. Qu'est-ce qu'il veut dire? 

23. Nous parlerons de cela plus tard . 

24. Ces messieurs sont venus tous les jours. 

25. II y a un moyen de le savoir. 

26. II etait -deja venu ce matin. 



212 FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 

27. Vous n'avez rien a faire. 

28. On n'est jamais plus heureux qu'a ton age, garcon. (Use 

votre instead of ton, unless speaking very intimately.) 

29. Vous Ites chez des amis. 

30. Je n'ai plus ni pere ni mere. 

31. Vous §tes encore malade. 

32. Nous ne sommes pas les plus forts. 

33. lis seront ici ce soir. 

34. Je n'en sais rien. 

35. Entrons, nous finirons cela plus tard. 

36. Ou allez-vous? 

37. Je n'en sais rien encore. 

38. Je vois un petit garcon de dix ans. 

39. Ses yeux sont grands et noirs. 

40. Allez dire a madame que je suis fatigue(e). 

41. II mangeait peu, buvait encore moins, et ne parlait pas du tout. 

42. Nous sommes tous freres. 

43. Je vais vous dire ce que je ne vous ai pas dit tout a l'heure 

a table. 

44. II est venu voir ma sceur. 

45. Vous n'etiez qu'un enfant. 

46. J'ai entendu dire ce que vous avez fait pour cette pauvre mere 

et pour cette pauvre jeune fille. 
(Read these aloud until you are familiar with them, and can 
give them orally from English in Lesson 39 rapidly.) 

Exercise in Lesson 40 

Nous fumes bientot en bas. 

J'allai voir. 

II le prit par le bras. 

II le mit dehors. 

Je vis qu'elle etait venue. 

II alia dans la cuisine. 

On entra dans le village. 

Nous y arrivames vers six 

heures. 
La pauvre femme voulut 
aller chez elle. 



1. 


Tout le monde sortit. 


12. 


2. 


Elle ne repondit pas. 


13. 


3. 


J'ouvris une fenltre. 


14. 


4. 


Nous y arrivames. 


15. 


5. 


Cela nous fit rire. 


16. 


6. 


J 'en vis trois. 


17. 


7. 


Nous mcmtames dans nos 


18. 




chambres. 


19. 


8. 


Je n'en compris rien. 




9. 


On fit venir les soldats. 


20. 


10. 


J 'en parlai avec respect. 




11. 


Deux hommes sortirent de 
la maison. 





APPENDIX 213 

^ V 
Exercise in Lesson 41 

(1) ces: demonstrative adj., masc, plur., modifies morts. 
laquelle: relative pro., fern., sing., agrees with (la) lettre 

in gender and number, object of prep, de, phrase modifies 
l'enveloppe. 

celui: demonstrative pro., masc, sing., subject of voudra. 

qui: relative pro., does not change for gender and number; 
has antecedent celui; subject of trouvera. 

cette: demonstrative adj., fern., sing., to agree with word it 
modifies, lettre. 

ma: possessive adj., fern., sing., to agree with word it mod- 
ifies, tombe. * 

(2) dont: relative pronoun; does not change in form to show 

gender or number; means of which. 

(3) ceux: demonstrative pro., masc, plur. 

qui: relative pro., antecedent ceux; subject of donnent. 

lui: personal pro., sing., indirect obj. of donnent. 

(4) qui: relative pro., object of prep. avec. 

(5) en: en is used regularly after numerals (trente-deux), mean- 

ing of them. 

(6) cela: demonstrative pronoun which is convenient because it 

does not change in form to show gender and number. 

(7) dont: relative pro., modifies besoin. 

Exercise in Lesson 4$ V-j-b 

1. Je vais faire un voyage. 

2. Je vais a la gare. 

3. 'Avez-vous beaucoup de bagages? 

4. Non, je n'en ai pas beaucoup. 

5. Avez-vous une malle? 

6. Oui, j'en ai deux. 

7. II faut les enregistrer. 

8. Voulez-vous enregistrer vos colis? 

9. Non, je les porterai a la main. 

10. Est-ce que vous avez votre billet? 

11. Non, je ne l'ai pas encore. 

12. Prenez le billet a l'homme qui est la, au guichet. 

13. Allons a la voiture. 

14. Vous allez monter dans la voiture avec moi, n'est-ce pas? 



214 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



aller, first pers. sing. 



e vais 

'allais 

'irai 

e suis alle 

'etais alle 
j 'allai 
j 'irais 

je serais alle 
que j'aille 
que j'allasse 
que je sois alle 
que je fusse alle 



VERB LISTS 
Synopsis of Lesson 50 

voir, third pers. sing. 

il voit 

il voyait 

il verra 

il a vu 

il avait vu 

ilvit 

il verrait 

il aurait vu 

qu'il voie 

qu'il vit 

qu'il ait vu 

qu'il eiit vu 



avoir, first pers. pi. 
nous avons 
nous avions 
nous aurons 
nous avons eu 
nous avions eu 
nous eilmes 
nous aurions 
nous aurions eu 
que nous ayons 
que nous eussions 
que nous ayons eu 
que nous eussions eu 



etre, second pers. plural 

vous etes 

vous etiez 

vous serez 

vous avez ete 

vous aviez ete 

vous ffttes 

vous seriez 

vous auriez ete 

que vous soyez 

que vous fussions 

que vous ayez ete 

que vous eussiez ete 



venir, third pers. plural 
ils viennent 
ils venaient 
ils viendront 
ils sont venus 
ils etaient venus 
ils vinrent 
ils viendraient 
ils seraient venus 
qu'ils viennent 
qu'ils vinssent 
qu'ils soient venus 
qu'ils fussent venus 



First Verb List (Lesson p6) 



HI 



r 



\^ 



1. 


avoir 


9. 


ayant 


17. 


ils seraient 


2. 


elle n'a pas 


10. 


etre 


18. 


nous fumes 


3. 


il a eu 


11. 


nous serons 


19. 


j 'aurais 


4. 


ils sont 


12. 


nous avons 


20. 


ils avaient ete 


5. 


nous avions ete 


13. 


nous avions 


21. 


on avait 


6. 


qu'il ait 


14. 


avoir ete 


22. 


vous futes 


7. 


il sera 


15. 


je serais 


23. 


j'avais 


8. 


on est 


16. 


ayant eu 


24. 


j'ai eu 









APPENDIX 




21 


25. 


j'eus 


32. 


il aura 


39. 


il a ete 


26. 


on a 


33. 


ayant ete 


40. 


ilfut 


27. 


etant 


34. 


soyons 


41. 


nous sommes 


28. 


vous §tes 


35. 


avoir eu 


42. 


ayons 


29. 


j'aurai 


36. 


qu'ils soient 


43. 


je serai 


30. 


qu'on soit 


37. 


ayez 


44. 


elles ont eu 


31. 


on sera 


38. 


il etait 


45. 


que je fusse 




Second Verb List (Lesson 51) 


I 


1. 


battant 


16. 


il couvre 


31. 


ils mouvront 


2. 


se battant 


17. 


il envoya 


32. 


rompez! 


3. 


ils battent 


18. 


il court 


33. 


rious avons paru 


4. 


ils se battent 


19. 


ils avaient mu 


34. 


nous envoyames 


5. 


battu 


20. 


offrant 


35. 


il rompt 


6. 


nous battimes 


21. 


ayant couru 


36. 


ils parurent 


7. 


il courra 


22. 


paraissant 


37. 


plu 


8. 


elle a couvert 


23. 


nous mumes 


38. 


il plut 


9. 


il doit 


24. 


paru 


39. 


ayant offert 


10. 


il devait 


25. 


je courus 


40. 


il souffrira 


11. 


il a du 


26. 


ils paraitront 


41. 


ils souffrent 


12. 


ildut 


27. 


il offrira 


42. 


j 'offris 


13. 


ils couraient 


28. 


plaisant 


43. 


elle a souffert 


14. 


j 'enverrai 


29. 


ils mouvaient 


44. 


ils ont reconnu 


15. 


il couvrit 


30. 


ils mouvraient 
Lesson 52 


45. 


il reconnut 


1. 


Allons nous coucher 


8. Qu 


'est-ce 


que c'est? 


2. 


Nous montames 


dans nos 9. Ils ont raison. 




chambres. 




10. 11 se leva 




3. 


Je me couchai 




11. Nous avons tous dormi. 


4. 


Je me levai 




12. Vous avez ete malade. 


5. 


J'ouvris une fenetre. 


13. Tout va 1 


bien. 


6. 


En m'habillant, j 


'avais froid 14. Tout ira : 


mieux. 


7. 


Je m'habillai bien vite 


15. Ecoutez 1 


bien. 




Third Verb List (Lesson 52) 




1. 


allant 


4. 


se battant 


7. 


ayant bu 


2. 


etant alle 


5. 


s'etant battu 


8. 


comprenant 


3. 


ayant eu 


6. 


buvant 


9. 


il a compris 



216 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 



1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 



conduisant 
ils ont conduit 
connaissant 
sachant 
ayant connu 
ayant su 
nous avons cons- 
il a vecu truit 
co u vert 



19. 
20. 
21. 

22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 



craignant 

craint 

croyant 

il a cru 

devant 

il a du 

disant 

vous aviez dit 

voyant 



28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 
35. 
36. 



ecnvant 
faisant 
ils ont lu 
ayant mis 
mourant 
mort 
il a paru 
il a pu 
il a pris 



Lesson 5^0 io.^ej 

Je le connais bien. 

Comment s'appele cet homme? 

Je vous en prie, ne parlez plus de tout cela. 

Je n'en parlerai plus. 

Ne craignez rien. Vous Ites chez des amis. 

Moi, je sortis dejeuner dans la cuisine. 

A quoi pensez-vous done? 

Faites-nous done le plaisir de venir prendre le cafe avec nous 



Fourth Verb List (Lesson 5^) 



je vins 

on eut 

j'allai 

il prit 

il sut 

je vis 

il fit 

il conduisit 

il vint 

vous eutes 

il alia 

nous primes 

ils virent 

nous ecrivimes 

il envoya 



16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 



nous vmmes 

ilfut 

ils prirent 

nous sumes 

il fallut 

vous vintes 

ils lurent 

ils envoyerent 

je pus 

je voulus 

ils parurent 

nous fimes 

ils craignirent 

il crut 

ildut 

Lesson 5^ / 



31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 
35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 
43. 
44. 
45. 



ils vinrent 
vous allates 
il put 

nous vimes 
vous fites 
nous f limes 
ils allerent 
nous pumes 
ils surent 
nous dimes 
ils dormirent 
ils furent 
je sus 

nous voufumes 
ils firent 



1. A qui la faute? 

2. Comment va madame votre mere: 



APPENDIX 



217 



3. Nous irons ensemble tout de suite. 

4. Je vais rester absent jusqu'au soir. 

5. II pouvait avoir cinquante ans. 

6. Qu'est-ce que vous faites cette apres-midi? 

7. Je ne sais pas; j'irai me promener avec vous. 

8. J'arrive de B_... . Tout va bien la-bas. 

9. Je vous dirai le reste tout a l'heure. 
10, Tout le monde etait la. 

Fifth Verb List (Lesson 54) 



6. 



11. 



nous 
nous 
nous 



2. 



nous 
nous 
nous 

nous 
nous 
nous 



4. 



nous 
nous 
nous 

nous 
nous 
nous 



allions 


nous croyions 


nous faisions 


sommes alles 


nous avons cru 


nous avons fait 


allames 


nous crumes 


nous ffmes 




7. 


12. 


avions 


nous devions 


nous paraissions 


avons eu 


nous avons du 


nous avons parti 


eumes 


nous dumes 


nous parumes 




8. 


13. 


nous battions 


nous disions 


nous prenions 


nous sommes battus 


nous avons dit 


nous avons pris 


nous battimes 


nous dimes 


nous primes 




9. 


4. 


connaissions 


nous ecrivions 


nous rompions 


avons connu 


nous avons ecrit 


nous avons rompu 


connumes 


nous ecrivimes 


nous rompimes 




10. 


15. 


craignions 


nous envoyions 


nous tenions 


avons craint 


nous avons envoye nous avons tenu 


craignimes 


nous envoyames 


nous tinmes 



Sixth Verb List (Lesson 55) 



1. 


je voudrais 


7. 


elle rira 


13. 


voudriez-vous 


2. 


il vivra 


8. 


ils rompront 


14. 


il vivrait 


3. 


je verrai 


9. 


ils mettraient 


15. 


je viendrai 


4. 


il viendra 


10. 


je tiendrai 


16. 


il plairait 


5. 


il vaudra 


11. 


il suivra 


17. 


il prendra 


6. 


nous suivrons 


12. 


je pourrai 


18. 


il voudra 



218 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



19. il faudra 

20. ils rompraient 

21. nous lirons 

22. il tiendra 

23. il faudrait 

24. il verra 

25. nous viendrions 

26. il en verra 

27. il suivrait 



28. elle sera 

29. il tiendrait 

30. il paraitra 

31. il mourra 

32. nous verrons 

33. il fera 

34. elle souffrira 

35. je saurai 

36. ils viendraient 



37. il saurait 

38. il souffrirait 

39. il mourrait 

40. il rirait 

41. ils feront 

42. nous dirons 

43. il ecrirait 

44. ils craindraient 

45. je courrai 



Seventh Verb List (Lesson 56) 



1. il va 

2. ils ont 

3. nous buvons 

4. ils conduisent 

5. il couvre 

6. ils croient 

7. nous allons 

8. ils boivent 

9. il craint 

10. croyez-vous 

11. dites! 

12. ils disent 

13. j'envoie 

14. ils ecrivent 

15. allez-vous 



16. faites! 

17. il met 

18. ils craignent 

19. il meurt 

20. je meus 

21. il parait 

22. ils font 

23. il pleut 

24. il lit 

25. ils lisent 

26. je peux 

27. puis-je 

28. ils meuvent 

29. ils peuvent 

30. ils paraissent 



31. il prend 

32. ils connaissent 

33. ils savent 

34. nous faisons 

35. ils vont 

36. je ris 

37. il rompt 

38. ils mettent 

39. savez-vous 

40. il souffre 

41. il suit 

42. je tiens 

43. ils viennent 

44. ils tiennent 

45. venez! 



Eighth Verb List (Lesson 57) 



1. qu'il ait 11. 

2. qu'il eut 12. 

3. que je puisse 13. 

4. qu'ils voient 14. 

5. que je veuille 15. 

6. que je sois 16. 

7. quejefusse 17. 

8. qu'il aille 18. 

9. que je sache 19. 
10. qu'il veuille 20. 



que je fasse 
que je me lave 
qu'on soit 
que je voie 
qu'ils viennent 
que je vienne 
que nous voulions 
que nous prenions 
qu'ils sachent 
qu'ils se lavent 



21. quej'aie 

22. quej'eusse 

23. qu'ils veuillent 

24. qu'il prenne 

25. qu'il suive 

26. qu'ils soient 

27. qu'ils fussent 

28. qu'il fasse 

29. qu'ils puissent 

30. qu'il tint 



APPENDIX 

Ninth Verb List 



219 



ils ne se battent pas 16. 

il ne courra jamais 17. 

j 'en enverrai deux 18. 

nous ne mumes rien 19. 

il ne souffrira plus 20. 

ils ne paraitront jamais 21. 

je n'en ai pas eu 22. 

nous n'y sommes pas 23. 

je n'en aurai rien 24. 

que je fusse heureux 25. 

il n'a pas pu 26. 

il n'en a rien pris 27. 

ils n'y allerent pas 28. 

personne ne l'a cru 29. 

il n'en a rien compris 30. 



ils m'y ont conduit 

ne craignant rien 

ils ne virent personne 

vous ne vintes jamais 

il n'a pas vecu longtemps 

nous ne lui ecrivimes pas 

il n'y alia jamais 

nous n'en avons rien eu 

nous 1 'avons connu 

nous vous avons ecrit 

nous le lui avons envoye 

je le verrai demain 

nous les lirons tout de suite 

il ne saurait pas 

il en prendra dix 



Tenth Verb List 

1. Est-ce que vous §tes malade? 

2. Est-ce qu'elle y sera demain? 

3. Est-ce que vous me direz le nom? 

4. Est-ce qu'il m'enverra l'argent? 

5. Est-ce qu'il viendrait? 

6. Est-ce qu'elle souffrirait beaucoup? 

7. Est-ce que les enfants le rompirent? 

8. Est-ce que vous ne lui avez pas ecrit? 

9. Est-ce que vous allez rester? 

10. Est-ce que vous vous promenerez avec moi? 

11. Quand arrive-t-on a Paris? 

12. A qui est la maison? 

13. Combien d 'enfants avait-il? 

14. Comment arrivez-vous? 

15. A quelle heure part le train? 

16. Comprenez-vous le francais? 

17. Devrai-je voir votre pere? 

18. Le train, partira-t-il dans dix minutes? 

19. Pourriez-vous me donner de l'argent? 

20. A-t-il beaucoup d'enfants? 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



For the meaning of signs before words see key at the 
beginning of List or Irregular Verbs. 

Words alike in French and English are not listed here. 



A 



a has ; see avoir 

a to, at, in, for, by, etc. 

abattre to bring down 

abbe m. priest 

abondant -e abundant 

abri m. retreat, dugout 

absolu -e absolute, complete 

accepter to accept 

faccompagner to attend, ac- 
company 

acheter [il achete] to buy 

achever [il acheve] to finish 

acte m. act; document 

acti-f -ve active 

activite /. activity 

adieu {pi. adieux) m. farewell 

adorable dear 

adverbe m. adverb 

affaire /. thing, affair; pi. busi- 
ness 

afin que in order that, to, so 
as to 

affreu-x -se frightful 

age m. age 

age -e old 



agir to act; s'agir de to be a 
question of 

agreable agreeable 

failleurs elsewhere; d'ailleurs 
besides 

aimable lovable, amiable 

ainsi so, thus 

ajouter to add 

aller to go; s'en aller to go away 

allez-vous-en oh, go on! non- 
sense! 

allumette /. match 

alors then 

Americain m. American (U.S.) 

Americaine /. American woman 

Amerique /. The United States 

ami m. friend 

amie /. friend 

amour m. love 

amuser to amuse; s , amuser to 
have a good time, enjoy 
oneself 

an m. year 

annee/. year 

aout m. August 

fappareil m. machine, apparatus 



221 



222 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



appeler [il appelle] to call; s'ap- 

peler to be named 
apport m. contribution 
apporter to bring 
appuye -e resting 
apres after 

apres-demain day after to-mor- 
row 
apres-midi m. afternoon 
arbre m. tree 

ardent -e eager, enthusiastic 
argent m. silver; money 
arreter and s'arreter to stop 
arriver to arrive; happen 
arrondissement m. municipal 

district 
fartillerie /. artillery 
assassiner to kill 
asseoir to seat; s'asseoir to take 

a seat 
assez enough 

assis -e seated; see asseoir 
association /. partnership 
associer to associate; s'associer 

to become partners 
attaque /. attack 
atteindre to reach 
attendre to wait; await 
attente /. waiting; salle d'at- 

tente waiting room 
au contraction for a le 
aucun -e any; anybody 
aujourd'hui today 
auparavant first 
au re voir goodby! 
autant (que) as much (as); as 

many (as) 
auteur m. author 
automobile m. or f. automobile 
autour or autour de around 



autre other 

aux contraction for a les 

auxiliaire auxiliary 

avance m. advance; en avance 

ahead of time 
avancer [use c before a or o] to 

advance 
avant (de) before 
avec with 
avenir m. future 
avoir to have 
avril m. April 
ayant having; see avoir 



B 



bain m. bath 
banc m. bench 
barbe /. beard 
barriere /. fence 
baton m. staff, club, stick 
battre to beat; se battre to fight 
beau bel belle beautiful 
beaucoup (de) much, many 
bebe m. or f. baby 
benedictine /. Benedictine cor- 
dial 
beni -e blessed 
besoin m. need 
bete /. beast 
beurre m. butter 
bien well; perhaps, to be sure 
bientot soon 
fbillet m. ticket; note 
blesser to wound 
bleu -e blue 
boche adj. German 
Boche m. German 
bceuf m. ox; beef 
boire to drink 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



223 



bois m. wood, forest 
bon -ne good 
bonbon m. candy 
bonjour good day 
bonsoir good evening 
bonte /. goodness 
bouche /. mouth 
boue /. mud 

bousculer to shove along, jostle 
bout m. end 

boyau {pi. boyaux) communica- 
tion trench 
bras m. arm 

brave good, worthy, brave, game 
bravoure /. bravery 
brigade m. brigade 
britannique British 
brusquement abruptly, shortly 
brutal -e brutal 
bureau {pi. bureaux) office 
bus drank; see boire 
butin m. plunder 



c' abbreviation for ce 
ca this, that, it 
cadavre m. body, corpse 
cafe in. coffee 
calme m. quiet; adj. calm 
fcampagne /. country; a la 
campagne to or in the country 
canard m. duck 
canif m. knife 
canon m. cannon, gun 
cantonnement m. cantonment 
capture -e captured 
carnet m. notebook, diary 
carte /. card, map; ticket 
case -e settled 



causer to talk; cause 

ce cet cette ces this, that 

ceci this. . . .here 

cela that. . . .there 

cellule /. cell, protoplasm 

celui celle ceux celles he, the one 

celui-ci celle-ci ceux-ci celles- 

ci this one 
celui-la celle-la ceux-la celle s- 

la that one 
certain -e certain 
certainement certainly 
cet(te) see ce 
chaise /. chair 
chambre /. room, bedroom 
champ m. field 

chapeau {pi. chapeaux) m. hat 
charge -e loaded 
charnier m. slaughter house, 

morgue 
chateau {pi. chateaux) country 

house, manor house 
chaud -e warm, hot ; avoir chaud 

to be warm 
chef m. chief 
chemin in. road; chemin de fer 

railroad 
cheminee /. chimney, fireplace 
cher chere dear 
chercher to seek, hunt for 
cheveu {pi. cheveux) hair; les 

cheveux the hair 
chez to or at the house, home, 

or office of 
chocolat m. chocolate 
chose /. thing 
cigare m. cigar 
cinema m. movie show 
cinq five 
clair -e clear 



-224 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



clef [pronounce cle] /. key 

coeur m. heart 

coin m. corner 

colis m. handbag 

colonie /. colony 

combat m. battle, fight 

combattre to fight 

combien (de) how much, how 

many 
commander to command 
comme how, as; while 
commencer [c before a or o] to 

begin 
comment how 

commercant m. business man 
commun -e common 
communique m. report, bulletin 
communiquer to communicate 
complaire to please 
completer [il complete, etc.] to 

finish 
comprendre to understand 
compris see comprendre 
compte [pronounce conte] m. 

number, count 
compter [pronounce con-ter] to 

count 
conduire to lead, conduct, take 
confortable comfortable 
conjuguer to conjugate 
connais see connaitre 
connaitre to be acquainted with, 

know 
connus see connaitre 
conquerir to conquer 
conscience /. consciousness 
consister (en) to consist (of) 
constituer to establish ; se cons- 

tituer to be established 



construire to construct 
contenir to contain 
content -e pleased, happy 
contenter to content 
continuer to keep on 
contraire opposite; au contraire 

on the contrary 
contrairement contrariwise, vice 

versa 
contre against 
contre-attaque /. counter-attack 
corps [pronounce core] m. body 
cou m. neck 
coucher to lay down ; se coucher 

to go to bed, retire 
coude m. elbow 
coup m. stroke; coup de main 

violent attack 
courir to run 
cours m. course; au cours de 

in the course of, during 
cousin m. cousin 
cousine /. • cousin 
couter to cost 
couvert -e covered; m. place 

(knife, fork, spoon, napkin) 
couverture /. blanket 
couvrir to cover 
fcraign(a)is see craindre 
craindre to fear 
crayon m. pencil 
crier to scream, shout 
croire (a) to think (of) 
crus see croire 
cte abbreviation for compte count 
cuisine /. kitchen 
cuisinier m. cook 
cure m. priest 
curieu-x -se curious 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



225 



dans in, into 

davantage more 

de of, from, by, with, etc. 

deballer to unpack 

debarrasser to rid, clear 

deborder to overflow 

debout standing 

decembre m. December 

declarer to declare 

decouvrir to discover, uncover 

decrire to describe 

defendre to defend 

degeler (il degele) to thaw 

dehors outside, out, out doors 

deja already 

dejeuner to breakfast; m. break- 
fast 

demain tomorrow 

demande /. request 

demander to ask, request 

demi m. half 

demi -e half 

demi-heure /. half hour 

demi-tasse /. small cup 

dent m. tooth 

depart m. getting away; depart- 
ure 

depecher to hurry; se depecher 
to hurry 

depense /. expense 

depuis since, for 

dernier derniere last 

derriere behind, back 

des contraction for de les of 
the, etc. 

desagreable, disagreeable 



desirer to wish 

desormais from now on, for a 

long time 
dessert m. dessert 
fdeuil m. grief 
deux two 
devant before 
devenir to become 
devoir ought, should 
dieter to dictate 
different -e different 
fdigne worthy 
dimanche m. Sunday 
diner to dine; m. dinner 
dire to say 
directement directly 
disant see dire 
discours m. speech 
distingue -e distinguished 
dix ten 

docteur m. doctor, physician 
doigt m. finger; doigt du pied 

toe 
dommage m. damage; too bad 
donner to give 
dont of whom, of which 
dore -e gilded 
dormir to sleep 
doucement gently 
douter to doubt 
douze twelve 
droit -e right; a droite at or 

to the right 
drole funny, comic 
d0 see devoir 
du contraction for de le of the; 

du tout at all 
dus see devoir 



226 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



E 



eau /. water 

eclairer to lighten 

ecole /. school 

ecouter to listen (to) 

s'ecrier to cry out; exclaim 

ecrire to write 

egal -e equal 

eglise /. church 

eh bien very well 

elancer [c before a or o] to hurl; 
s'elancer to be hurled 

electrique electric 

eleve m. student 

elever [il eleve] to raise; cul- 
tivate 

eile it, she 

s'embarquer to embark, start 

s'emparer de to get possession 
of 

empecher to prevent 

en in, into, to, etc, 

en of it, from it 

encore yet, already 

encre m. ink 

enfant m. or f. child 

enfin finally, at last, after all 

enlever [il enleve] to go aboard, 
board 

ennemi -e hostile, enemy; m. 
enemy 

enregistrer to check 

ensemble together 

entendre to hear, listen to 

enterrer to bury 

entraine -e trained 

entre between, among 

entree /. entrance, entry 

entrer to enter 



entree /. entrance, entry 

entrer to enter 

environ about; m. vicinity {ojien 

plural) 
envoyer [il envoie] to send 
equilibre m. poise 
fespagnol -e Spanish 
esperer [il espere] to hope 
est m. east 
est see etre 

estimer to value, estimate 
estomac m. stomach 
et and 
etat m. state 
fitats-Unis United States 
etre to be 
etudier to study 
etymologie /. derivation 
eu see avoir 
eus see avoir 
eux they, them 
evident -e plain, obvious 
eviter to avoid 
exact -e exact 
exactement exactly 
examiner to inspect 
exemple m. example 
expliquer to explain 
explorer to explore 
exprimer to express 
exterieur -e superficial 



facher to vex; se facher to be 

vexed 
facilement easily 
facteur m. carrier, porter, "red 

cap" 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



227 



faiblesse /. weakness 

ffaillir to fail 

faim/. hunger; avoir faim to be 

hungry 
faire to make, do; se faire to 

be managed 
falloir to be necessary; s'en fal- 

loir to lack 
fallut see falloir 
fameu-x -se famous 

ffamille /. family 
fantome m. ghost 
fasse see faire 
fatigue -e tired 
faut see falloir 
faute /. fault 
faux fausse false 
femme /. woman, wife 
fenetre /. window 
fer m. iron 

ferme/. farm; adv. sturdily 
fermer to close 
fevrier m. February 
fiacre m. carriage 
fier fiere proud 

Figaro m. Figaro (a periodical) 

fil m. thread; fil de fer wire 

ffille/. daughter; girl 

fils [pronounce feess] m. son 

fin/, end; a la fin finally 

finir to finish 

fis see faire 

flatter to flatter 

fleche /. arrow 

fleur /. flower t 

fois /. time 

fond m. bottom; back (of the 
stage) 

fonds m, business; stock 

force /. force, strength 



former to form 

fort -e strong; very 

fournir to furnish; afford 

frais fraiche fresh 

franc m. franc (20 cents) 

francais -e French 

Francais m. Frenchman 

francais m. French language 

frapper to strike, knock 

frere m. brother 

frissonner to shudder 

froid -e cold; avoir froid to be 

cold; faire froid to be cold 
fromage m. cheese 
fumer to smoke 
funebre funeral 
fus see etre 
ffusil m. gun 
ffusiller to shoot 



gaiete /. good nature 

fgaillardement gayly 

gaiment gayly 

galoper to gallop 

garage m. sidetrack; garage 

garcon m. boy; waiter 

garde /. guard 

garder to guard 

gare /. station 

gauche left; a gauche to or at 

the left 
geler [il gele] to freeze 
general {pi. generaux) general 
genou {pi. genoux) m. knee 
gens m. pi. people 
gentil -le polite, kind 
gigot m. leg of mutton 
glace /. ice 



228 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



gouter to taste 
grammaire /. grammar 
grand -e large, tall 
grand'mere /. grandmother 
grand-pere m. grandfather 
gravement gravely 
greler to hail 
grenadier m. grenadier 
fgrognard m. grumbler, grouch 
gros -se large, fat 
guerre /. war 
guichet m. ticket window 
fGuillaume m. William 



il it, he; there 

importer to make a difference 
indication /. location 
indiquer to point out 
inexperimente -e untried 
innniment infinitely, much 
inofferisi-f -ve harmless 
inspecter to examine 
instruction /. drill, training 
intellectuel -le intellectual 
interessant -e interesting 
intimement intimately 
iriez you would go, see aller 
irresistible irresistible 



In words marked * initial h is 
to be soundeci. It is silent in 
all others. 

fhabiller to dress 

haricot m. bean 

'haut -e high 

'hauteur /. height, summit 

heure /. hour 

heureu-x -se happy 

hier yesterday 

hirsute shaggy 

homme m. man 

'honi evil, bad luck 

hopital m. hospital 

horrible .terrible 

'hors d'oeuvre m. between courses 

hotel m. hotel 

huit eight 

humain -e human 



ici here 



jamais ever; ne jamais never 

jambe /. leg 

jambon m. ham 

Janvier m. January 

jardin m. garden 

je I 

Jean m. John 

jeter [il jette] to throw 

jeudi m. Thursday 

jeune young 

jeunesse /. youth 

joie /. joy 

joli -e pretty 

jouer to play 

jour m. day; tous les jours 

every day 
journal m. journal, diary; paper 
journee /. day 
fjuillet m. July 
juin m. June 

jus m. gravy, sauce; juice 
jusque up to, as far as 
juste right 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



229 



kilometre m. kilometer (three 
fifths of a mile) 



la see le 

la there, here 

laborieu-x -se hard 

la-haut up there, over there 

laisser to allow; have (a thing 
done) 

lait m. milk 

lamentable pitiful, pitiable, pa- 
thetic 

lampe /. lamp 

langue /. tongue 

laquelle see lequel 

large broad 

le la les the; it, him, her 

lecon /. lesson 

legume m. vegetable 

lendemain the next day 

lequel laquelle lesquels les- 
quelles who, which 

les see le 

lesquels see lequel 

lettre /. letter 

leur leurs their 

lever [il leve] to raise; se lever 
to get up, rise 

levre /. lip 

lieu m. place; avoir lieu to take 
place • 

fligne /. line 

lire to read 

lisiere /. thicket 

lit m. bed; see lire reads 

litteralement literally 



livre m. book 

Ton tine same as on, see on 

florgnette /. spy glass 

lorsque when 

lui to or for it, him, her 

lui-meme himself, herself, it* 

self 
lundi m. Monday 
lus see lire 
lyre /. lyre; gamut, range 

M 

ma see mon 

madame /. madam, Mrs. 

mademoiselle /. miss 

magasin m. storehouse, magazine 

fmagnifique magnificent 

mai m. May 

main /. hand 

maintenant now 

maintenir to maintain 

mais but 

maison /. house; a la maison 

at home 
maitre m. master 
mal badly 
malade ill, sick 
malgre in* spite of 
malheureu-x -se unhappy 
malicieusement mischievously 
malle /. trunk 
manche /. sleeve 
manger [nous mangeonsj to eat 
manteau m. wrap 
marchande /. seller 
marche /. march 
marcher to march 
mardi m. Tuesday 
marechal m. marshal 



230 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



mari m. husband 

marquise /. marchioness 

mars {pronounce marss] m. March 

materiel -le material, important 

matin m. morning 

Matin m. Matin (a Paris daily) 

maturite /. maturity 

me me 

meche /. wick 

fmedaille /. medal 

fmeilleur -e better, best 

melange m. mixture 

meme same, -self; even; tout 

de meme all the same 
menton m. chin 
menu m. menu, bill of fare 
merci thank you 
mercredi m. Wednesday 
mere /. mother 
mes see mon 
messe /. mass 
messieurs plural of monsieur 
met see mettre 
mettre to put, place 
meuble m. furniture 
midi m. noon 
mieux better, best 
militaire military 
mille thousand 
minuit m. midnight 
minute /. minute 
mis see mettre 
misere /. misery, hardship 
moderne modern 
moi I, me 
moi-meme myself 
moins less; du moins at least 
mois m. month 
mon ma mes my 



monde m. world; tout le monde 
everybody 

monsieur m. gentleman, Mr. 

monter to mount, climb; monter 
dans to get into 

montrer to show 

morceau m. morsel, piece 

mort m. dead man; pi. dead 

mort -e dead 

mot m. word 

mourir to die 

mouvement m. motion, move- 
ment ; climax 

mouvoir to move 

moyen m. means 

musique /. band; music 



N 



pas not; ne. . que 



ne not; ne. 

only 
neige /. snow 
neiger to snow 
neuf nine 
nez m. nose 

ni neither; ni. . .ni neither. . . nor 
nom m. name 
nombreu-x -se numerous 
nommer to name; se nommer 

to be called 
non no; not 
noir -e blaqk 
nos our; see notre 
notre our 
n6tre ours 

nouveau nouvel nouvelle new 
nous we, us 
nouvelle see nouveau 
novembre m. November 
noyer to drown 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



231 



obscur -e dark; faire obscur to 

grow dark 
obtenir to get 
octobre October 
foeil (pi. yeux) m. eye 
officiel -le official, authorized 
offrir to offer 
on one, "you", they, people 
oncle m. uncle 
onze eleven 
oratoire oratorical 
foreille /. ear 
ou where 
ou or 

ouest m. west 
oui yes 
outil m. tool 
ouvert -e open 
ouvrir to open 



pain m. bread 

pale pale 

panama m. panama hat 

papier m. paper 

par by 

paraitre to seem, appear 

parapluie /. umbrella 

parcourir to traverse, run 

through 
par-dessus above 
pardon m. pardon 
pardonner to pardon 
parler to speak 
parole /. word 
part/, share; a part aside 



partager [nous partageons] to 

share 
partir to leave, depart 
partout everywhere 
pas m. step; ne. . .pas not; pas 

du tout not at all 
passe m. past 
passer to pass 
patrie /. native land 
fpatrouille /. patrol 
pauvre poor 
pays m. country 
peau m. skin 
peine /. difficulty 
pendant during 
penible painful 
pensee /. thought 
penser (a) to think (of) 
pensionnat m. boarding school 
pere m. father 
personne /. person 
persuader to persuade 
peser [il pese] to weigh 
petit -e small 
peu (de) little, few; un peu a 

little 
peut see pouvoir 
peux see pouvoir 
photographie /. photograph 
physique bodily 
piece /. piece; room 
pied m. foot 
pipe /. pipe 

placer [nous placons] to place 
plaire (a) to please 
plaisir m. pleasure 
plait see plaire 
planter to plant 
p leu voir to rain 



232 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



plume/, pen; feather 

plus see plaire 

plus more; de plus besides 

plut see pleuvoir 

poche /. pocket 

poil m. hair; a poil hair 

poilu m. French soldier 

pois m. pea 

poisson m. fish 

poitrine /. breast, chest 

pomme /. apple; pomme de 
terre potato 

porte /. door 

porter to carry; wear; se porter 
to be (in health) 

portrait m. picture 

possede -e possessed 

poste m. post, station 

potage m. soup 

poulet m. chicken 

pour for; in order to, to 

pourquoi why 

pourriez see pouvoir 

pousser to push 

pouvoir to be able, can 

preceder [il precede] to go be- 
fore • 

precepteur m. teacher 

precis -e sharp, prompt, exact 

predecesseur m. predecessor 

premier premiere first; premiere 
first 'class ticket 

prendre to take 

pres (de) near, nearly 

present -e present ; a present now 

presque almost 

presser to hurry 

pression /. pressure 

pretendre to claim 



preter to lend 
pretre m. priest 
primiti-f -ve primitive 
pris see prendre 
prix m. prize, price, value 
progres m. (often pi.) progres 
progression /. progress 
promener [il promene] to pu 

forward ; se promener to stroll 

take a walk 
promettre to promise 
propre neat, clean; own 
Prusse /. Prussia 
puis then 



qu' see que 

quand when 

quart m. quarter 

quatre four 

que whom, which; than; when, 

as 
quel quelle quels quelles which, 

what 
quelque some 
quelquefois sometimes 
quelqu'un quelqu'une quelques- 

uns quelques-unes some one 
qui which, who 
quitter to leave 
quinze fifteen 
quoi what 
quoique although 

R 

radieu-x -se delighted 
raison /. reason 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



233 



rappeler [ilrappelle] to recall 

rase -e shaved, shaven 

fravitaillement m. provision- 
ing, feeding 

rayonnement m. radiance 

rayonner to beam 

realiser to gain, get; make 

recevoir to receive 

reciproque reciprocal 

recoit see recevoir 

recompense /. reward 

reconnaitre to recognize 

frecueillir to collect 

refuser to refuse 

regarder to look, look at 

regiment m. regiment 

regretter to regret 

regulier reguliere regular 

rejoindre to rejoin 

remercier to thank 

remettre to put back 

remonter to raise 

remporter to win 

rendre to give back, perform 

rentrer to return 

renvoyer [il renvoie] to send 
back 

repandre to disseminate, scatter, 
become known 

repeter to repeat 

repit m. respite, rest 

repondre to reply 

repos m. rest 

repousser to push back 

reprendre to resume 

representer to represent 

reproche /. reproach 

reprocher to reproach 

respect m. respect 

restaurant m. restaurant 



reste m. remainder 

rester to remain 

resultat m. result 

retirer to retire; se retirer to 

withdraw 
retour m. return 
retourner and se retourner to 

return 
retrousser to push back 
retrouver to find again 
reunir to reunite; se reunir to 

meet 
reussi -e successful 
reussir to succeed 
freveiller to wake 
revenir to return 
reve m. dream 
rever to dream 

rez-de-chaussee m. ground floor 
riche rich 
rien m. anything; ne...rien 

nothing 
rire to laugh 
rire m. laugh 
risque m. risk 
risquer to risk, run the risk 
rompre to break 
rond -e round 
rosbif m. roast beef 
r6ti -e roast (ed) 
rouge red 
route /. road 
mine /. ruin 



S 



s' used for se 

sa see son 

sac m. sack; sac de nuit hand bag 

sachant see savoir 



234 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



salade /. salad 

sale dirty 

salle /. room; salle a manger 

dining room 

salon m. drawing room 

samedi m. Saturday 

sang m. blood 

sans without 

sante /. health 

sarcler to clear up 

saurai see savoir 

sauver to save; se sauver to run 
away 

savoir to know 

secret m. secret 

securite /. security 

sel m. salt 

semaine /. week 

sembler to seem 

semer [il seme] to sow 

sentinelle /. sentinel 

sentir to feel, see, perceive 

sept [pronounce sett] seven 

septembre m. September 

servante /. servant 

servir to serve ; se servir de to use 

serviteur m. servant 

ses see son 

seul -e alone, only 

seulement only 

si if; yes (in contradicting nega- 
tives) 

six [seess] six 

sceur /. sister 

soi itself, himself, herself, one- 
self 

soif /. thirst; avoir soif to be 
thirsty 

soin m. care 



sou: m. evening 

sol m. ground, soil 

soldat m. soldier 

fsommeil m. sleep 

son sa ses its, his, her 

sont see etre 

songer [nous songeons] to care 
(for) 

sorte /. kind, sort 

sortir to go out, leave 

souffrir to suffer 

soupe /. soup 

souper m. supper; to have supper 

sourcil m. eyebrow 

sous under 

sous-lieutenant m. second lieu- 
tenant 

sous-prefecture /. sub-district 

soutenir to support, withstand 

souvent often 

stupide stupid 

sucre m. sugar 

sud m. south 

suite/, following; tout de suite 
at once; de suite in turn 

suivre to follow 

sumes see savoir 

superbe superb 

superieur -e superior, better 

sur on, upon, about 

sur -e sure 

surpris -e surprised 

surprise /. astonishment 

surtout above all 



ta see ton 
tabac m. tobacco 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



235 



tache /. task 

tacher to try 

taire to be silent 

tant (de) so much, so many 

tante /. aunt 

tapis m. carpet 

tard late 

tasse /. cup 

te see tu 

telephoner to telephone 

tel -le such 

temps m. time; weather 

tendre tender 

tenir to hold 

terre /. earth, land 

terminer to end 

tes see ton 

tete /. head 

the m. tea 

timbre m. stamp 

tins see tenir 

tirer to draw; shoot 

toi see tu 

tolerable endurable 

tombe /. tomb, grave 

tomber to fall 

ton ta tes your 

tonner to thunder 

tort m. wrong; avoir tort to be 

wrong 
tot soon 

toujours always 
tout toute tous toutes every, 

all; tout de suite at once 
traduire to translate 
train m. gait; train 
trajet m. trip 
tranche e /. trench 
tranquillement quietly 
tranquillite /. rest, quiet 



ftravail m. work 

ftravailler to work 

tres very 

triste sad 

trois three 

trop too, too much 

troupe /. troop 

trouver to find 

tu you 

tuer to kill 

tus see taire 



un une a, an, one 
usuel -le usual 



valoir to be worth; valoir mieux 

to be better 
vaste great 
va-t-en run along! 
veau m. veal 
vecus see vivre 
vendre to sell 
venir to come 
vent m. wind; faire du vent to 

be windy 
verbe m. verb 
veritable real, genuine 
verre m. glass 
vers toward, to 
vert -e green 
vetir to dress, clothe 
veux see vouloir 
viande /. meat 
victoire /. victory * 
vide empty 



236 



FRENCH WITHOUT A TEACHER 



vie /. life 

vient see venir 

vieux fvieil fvieille old 

vif vive vigorous 

vigueur /. vigor 

village m. village 

vimes see voir 

vin m. wine 

vins see venir 

vis see voir 

visiter to visit 

vite quickly 

vivre to live 

void here is, here are 

voila there is, there are 

voir to see 

voisinage m. neighborhood 

voiture /. carriage, car, vehicle 

voix /. voice 



voler to rob; fly 
vont see aller 
vos see votre 
votre vos your 
vdtre yours 
voulez see vouloir 
vouloir to wish 
vous you 
voyage m. trip 
voyageur m. traveler 
voyait see voir 
voyant see voir 
vrai -e true 



y there; il y a there is, there are; 
y a-t-il? is there? are there? 
yeux {pi. of ceil) eyes 



( 

DRAKE'S MECHANICAL BOOKS 


•Title 


| Style | Price 


Electrical Books 






Electrical Tables and Engineering 
Data 


*Lea. 


$1.50 


Electrical Tables and Engineering 
Data 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Motion Picture Operation 


•Lea. 


1.50 


Motion Picture Operation 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Alternating Current 


Lea. 


1.50 


Alternating Current 


Cloth 


1.00 


Wiring Diagrams and Descrip- 
tions 


*Lea. 


1.50 


Wiring Diagrams and Descrip- 
tions 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Armature and Magnet Winding. . 


*Lea. 


1.50 


Armature and Magnet Winding. . 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Modern Electric Illumination. . . . 


*Lea. 


1.50 


Modern Electric Illumination .... 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Modern Electrical Construction.. 


*Lea. 


1.50 


Modern Electrical Construction. . 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Electricians' Operating and Test- 
ing Manual 


*Lea. 


1.50 


Electricians' Operating and Test- 
ing Manual 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Drake's Electrical Dictionary.... 


Lea. 


1.50 


Drake's Electrical Dictionary 


Cloth 


1.00 


Electric Motors, Direct and Alter- 
nating 


*Lea. 


1.50 


Electric Motors, Direct and Alter- 
nating 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Electrical Measurements and Me- 
ter Testing 


Lea. 


1.50 


NOTE. — New Books and Revised Editions are marked* 



r 






DRAKE'S MECHANICAL BOOKS 


♦Title 


I Style 


Price 


Electrical Books — Continued 




Electrical Measurements and Me- 






ter Testing 


Cloth $1.00 


Drake's Telephone Handbook .... 


Lea. 


1.50 


Drake's Telephone Handbook. . . . 


Cloth 


1.00 


Elementary Electricity, Up-to- 






Date 


•Cloth 


1.25 


Electricity Made Simple 


*Cloth 


1.00 


Easy Electrical Experiments 


♦Cloth 


1.00 


Wireless Telegraph and Telephone 


i 




Handbook 


Cloth 


1.00 


Telegraphy, Self-taught 


Cloth 


1.00 


Dynamo-Electric Machines 


Cloth 


1.50 


Electro-Plating Handbook 


Lea. 


1.50 


Electro-Plating Handbook 


Cloth 


1.00 


Modern American Telephony. . . . 


Lea. 


2.00 


Handy Vest-Pocket Electrical Dic- 






tionary 


Lea. 


.50 


Handy Vest-Pocket Electrical Dic- 






tionary 


Cloth 


.25 


Storage Batteries 


Cloth 


.50 


Elevators — Hydraulic and Electric 


Cloth 


1.00 


How to Become a Successful Mo- 






torman 


Lea. 


1.50 


Motorman's Practical Air Brake 






Instructor 


Lea. 


1.50 


Electric Railway Troubles 


Cloth 


1.50 


Electric Power Stations 


Cloth 


2.50 


Electrical Railroading 


Lea. 3.50 

s are marked* 

v 


zfOTS. — New Books and Revised Edition 



^ ^ — ^ 

DRAKE'S MECHAN ICAL BOOKS 

' *Title | Style | Price 

Automobile Books 

Brookes' Automobile Handbook . . *Lea. $2.00 

Automobile Starting and Light- 
ing *Lea. 1.50 

Automobile Starting and Light- 
ing '. *Cloth 1.00 

Ford Motor Car and Truck and 

Tractor Attachments *Lea. 1.50 

Ford Motor Car and Truck and 

Tractor Attachments *Cloth 1.00 

Automobile Catechism and Repair 

Manual *Lea. 1.25 

Practical Gas and Oil Engine 

Handbook *Lea. 1.50 

Practical Gas and Oil Engine 

Handbook *Cloth 1.00 

Farm Books 

Farm Buildings, With Plans and 

Descriptions _ *Cloth $1.00 

Farm Mechanics *Cloth 1.00 

Traction Farming and Traction 

Engineering *Cloth 1.50 

Farm Engines and How to Run 

Them Cloth 1.00 

Shop Practice Books 

20th Cent'y Machine Sh'p Practice Cloth $2.00 

Practical Mechanical Drawing Cloth 2.00 

Sheet Metal Workers' Manual. . .*Lea. 2.00 

Essential of Sheet Metal Work 

and Pattern Drafting *Cloth 1.50 

Oxy-Aeetylene Welding and Cut- 
ting *Lea. 1.50 

Oxy-Acetylene Welding and Cut- 
ting *Cloth 1.00 

20th Century Toolsmith and Steel- 
worker Cloth 1.50 

Pattern Making and Foundry 

Practice Lea. 1.50 

Modern Blacksmithing Cloth 1.00 



NOTE. — New Books and Revised Editions are marked* 



DRAKE'S MECHANICAL BOOKS 


♦Title | Style 


Price 


Steam Engineering Books 




Swingle's Handbook for Steam 




Engineers and Electricians .... *Lea. 


$3.00 


Steam Boilers, Construction, Care 




and Operation *Lea. 


2.00 


Complete Examination Questions 




and Answers for Marine and 




Stationary Engineers , . *Lea. 


2.00 


Swingle's Catechism of Steam, 




Gas and Electrical Engineering. *Lea. 


1.50 


The Steam Turbine, Its Care and 




Operation Cloth 


1.00 


Calculation of Horse Power Made 




Easy Cloth 


.75 


Railroad Books 




Modern Locomotive Engineering. *Lea. 


$3.00 


Locomotive Fireman's Boiler In- 




structor *Lea. 


1.50 


Locomotive Engine Breakdowns 




and How to Repair Them ..... *Lea. 


1.50 


Operation of Trains and Station 




Work *Lea. 


2.00 


Construction and Maintenance of 




Railway Roadbed and Track. . . Lea. 


2.00 


First, Second and Third Year 




Standard Examination Ques- 




tions and Answers for Locomo- 




tive Firemen *Lea. 


2.00 


Complete Air Brake Examination 




Questions and Answers *Lea. 


2.00 


Westinghouse Air Brake System. Cloth 


2.00 


New York Air Brake System Cloth 


2.00 


Walschaert Valve Gear Break- 




downs Cloth 


1.00 


NOTE. — New Books and Revised Editions are marked* 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003117 513 6 






